Pipe Hangers and Supports

Transcription

1 November 20 or the most current product/pricing information on nvil products, please visit our website at Hangers and U I L I N G O N N E T I O N S T H T L S T

2 UILING ONNETIONS THT LST or over 0 years, nvil has worked diligently to build a strong, vibrant tradition of making connections pipe to pipe and people to people. We pride ourselves in providing the finest-quality pipe products and services with integrity and dedication to superior customer service at all levels. We provide expertise and product solutions for a wide range of applications, from plumbing, mechanical, HV, industrial and fire protection to mining, oil and gas. Our comprehensive line of products includes: grooved pipe couplings, grooved and plain-end fittings, valves, cast and malleable iron fittings, forged steel fittings, steel pipe nipples and couplings, pipe hangers and supports, channel and strut fittings, mining and oil field fittings, along with much more. s an additional benefit to our customers, nvil offers a complete and comprehensive esign Services nalysis for mechanical equipment rooms, to help you determine the most effective and cost-efficient piping solutions. nvil is a proud member of the United States Green uilding ouncil (USG). Go to the nvil website to obtain manufacturer recycled certificates and other Green information. t nvil, we believe that responsive and accessible customer support is what makes the difference between simply delivering products and delivering solutions.

3 Hangers and Manufacturing Excellence nvil Hangers and are manufactured in three primary U.S. locations: North Kingstown, Rhode Island; Henderson, Tennessee and olumbia, Pennsylvania, each with its own unique capabilities. t 0,000 square feet, our Support design and fabrication facility in North Kingstown, Rhode Island is the industry leader in the Engineered Hanger Market for experience and in house manufacturing capability. Our equipment can accommodate any project since we have the capability to machine, saw and flame cut up to " thick carbon and alloy steel and plasma cut stainless steel. We thread rod through 4" in diameter and we hot form small to large diameter clamps. Our facility also has complete in house blasting and painting capability and we perform complete in house Non-estructive Examination including Liquid Penetrant, Ultrasonic and Magnetic Particle examination. This expertise is supported by our total quality programs including our SME NPT Nuclear ertificate of uthorization, NS ertificate of uthorization and, ISO 900. Our manufacturing facility in Henderson, Tennessee has over,000 square feet of manufacturing capability dedicated to producing a complete line of commercial, light industrial and industrial Hangers and. These include clamps, braces, inserts, rods and attachments, slides and guides to exacting industry standards and certified to ISO 900 quality. The products manufactured in Henderson are designed for use in a wide variety of rigid Hanger or Support applications, in markets including fire protection, electrical, water and waste water treatment, petrochemical, seismic, industrial and commercial. Special fabrication is available from our Henderson facility as well. t our olumbia, Pennsylvania oundry, where we manufacture malleable fittings, cast iron fittings and our Gruvlok products, we also manufacture our malleable and ductile iron Hanger Products such as beam clamps, numerous types of pipe clamps, concrete inserts, ceiling flanges and different types of rod attachments. With over 600,000 square feet of manufacturing floor space under roof, our foundry has an annual pouring capacity of 00,000 tons. olumbia is ISO 900 certified and is a quality manufacturer of malleable, ductile and cast iron products. In addition to these three facilities nvil also has Hanger fabrication facilities in Houston, Texas to service the Gulf oast Engineered Hanger requirements. ustomer Service With four key stocking locations throughout North merica, you can count on getting all of the product you need - when you need it. When you have installation questions our solid customer service personnel are there to answer all of you questions, backed by our designers or engineers we are there for you - on site if needed. ustom Engineering Options In addition to its full range of high-quality hangers, nvil offers a number of custom options to meet any special project requirements you may have. Engineered Hangers Product Line We also provide: Steel abrication Per ustomer Specifications Product Line esign Services Either on or off-site, nvil esign Services helps you maximize the efficiency of your pipe support systems. These services include: Engineering rafting (environmental static and cycling loads, flow and leak) Personnel PH-.

4 TLE O ONTENTS General Notes through Straps General Notes Standard Materials... Standard Galvanizing Practice opper Tubing Hangers ig. T-69 djustable Swivel Ring... 8 ig. T-6 Light uty djustable levis... 9 ig. T-28R Rod Threaded eiling lange...20 ig. T-8R Extension Split Tubing lamp...20 ig. 69 djustable Swivel Ring, elt Lined...2 ig. 6 opper Tube elt Lined Hanger...22 ig. T-2 opper Tubing Riser lamp...2 ig. T-2 opper Tubing lignment Guide PV Hangers ig. 8 One Hole Strap ig. 86 Two Hole Strap...2 ig. 8 Two Hole 90 Side Mount Strap ig. 88 Two Hole Stand Off Strap Rings ig. 08 Split Ring... 0 ig. 8R Extension Split lamp... ig. 04 djustable Swivel Ring, Split Ring Type...2 ig. 69 djustable Swivel Ring, Tapped per NP Standards... levis ig. 6 or onduit Hanger...4 ig. 6 Light uty djustable levis... ig. 260 djustable levis Hanger...6 ig. 260 ISS levis Hanger with Insulation Saddle System ig. 00 djustable levis for Insulated Lines...40 ig. 90 djustable levis for uctile or ast Iron...4 Steel lamps ig. 26 Extension or Riser lamp...42 ig. 40 Riser lamp Standard...4 ig. 0 Offset lamp ig. 00 Extended lamp ig. 22 Medium lamp...4 ig. 22P Earthquake racing lamp ig. 26 Heavy lamp...4 ig. 29 ouble olt lamp ig. 29 lloy ouble olt lamp ig. 29H Heavy uty ouble olt lamp... 0 ig. 224 lloy Steel lamp... ig. 246 Heavy uty lloy Steel lamp...2 Socket lamps ig. 9 & ig. 94 Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron... ig. 600 & ig. 99 Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron...4 eam lamps ig. 86 & ig. 88 -lamp... ig. 9 -lamp with Locknut... 6 ig. 89 & 89X Retaining lip... ig. 92 Universal -Type lamp (Standard Throat)...8 ig. 9 Universal -Type lamp (Wide Throat)...9 ig. 94 Wide Throat Top eam -lamp...60 ig. 22 Top eam lamp... 6 ig. 2 djustable Side eam lamp...62 ig. 4 djustable Side eam lamp...62 ig. Standard uty eam lamp...6 ig. 4 Heavy uty eam lamp...6 ig. 28 Malleable eam lamp without Extension Piece ig. 228 Universal orged Steel (US) eam lamp...6 ig. 292 & ig. 292L Universal orged Steel (US) eam lamp Structural ttachments ig. & ig. L Structural Welding Lug...6 ig. 4 Two Hole Welding eam Lug...68 ig. 66 Welded eam ttachment ig. 60 Steel Washer Plate... 0 ig. 2 race itting omplete... ig. race itting ( End Only)... rackets ig. 202 Iron Side eam racket...2 ig. 206 Steel Side eam racket... ig. 20 Threaded Steel Side eam racket... ig. 89 Straight Eye Socket...4 ig. 90 Off-Set Eye Socket... ig. 94 Light Welded Steel racket... 6 ig. 9 Medium Welded Steel racket... ig. 99 Heavy Welded Steel racket...8 eiling Plates & eiling langes ig. 9 ast Iron eiling Plate...9 ig. 2 Plastic eiling Plate... 9 ig. 28R Rod Threaded eiling lange...80 ig. Hanger lange... 8 oncrete Inserts & ttachments ig. 2 Screw oncrete Insert ig. 282 Universal oncrete Insert...8 ig. 28 Wedge Type oncrete Insert ig. 28 Light Weight oncrete Insert...8 ig. 286 Iron ross...86 ig. 284 Metal eck Hanger...8 ig. 4 oncrete Single Lug Plate...88 ig. 49 oncrete levis Plate ig. 2 oncrete Rod ttachment Plate...90 Hanger Rods ig. 42 oach Screw Rods... 9 ig. 46 ontinuous Threaded Rod... 9 ig. 40 Machine Threaded Rods (Right-Hand Threads) ig. 2 Machine Threaded Rods (Right and Left-Hand Threads) ig. 248 & ig. 248L Eye Rod (Not Welded) ig. 28 & ig. 28L Eye Rod (Welded)...9 ig. 248X Linked Eye Rods (Not Welded)...9 ig. 28X Linked Eye Rods (Welded)...9 ig. 48 Rod with Eye End Rod ttachments ig., ig. E & ig. R Rod oupling...9 ig. 6 & ig. 6R Rod oupling...9 ig. 4 Turnbuckle djuster ig. 0R Socket, Rod Threaded ig. Extension Piece...9 ig. 290 & ig. 290L Weldless Eye Nut...9 ig. 299 orged Steel levis...98 ig. 2 Turnbuckle ig. 20 Turnbuckle olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts ig. 29 levis Pin with otters...00 Machine olts & Hexagon Nuts...0 ig., ig. S Standard & Special U-olts...02 ig. Plastic oated U-olt...0 ig. 20 Light Weight U-olts...0 Straps ig. 26 One-Hole lamp...04 ig. 262 Strap Short...04 ig. 24 & 244 Strap PH-.

5 TLE O ONTENTS through Index ig. 62 Stanchion ig. 6 Stanchion...0 ig. 92 djustable Saddle ig. 9 djustable Saddle with U-olt ig. 28 Saddle Support ig. 264 djustable Saddle Support...0 ig. 26 djustable Saddle Support with U-olt... ig. 29 Saddle Support with U-olt...2 Trapeze ig. 46 Universal Trapeze ssembly... ig. 4 hannel ssembly...4 ig. 0 Equal Leg ngle for Trapeze ssembly... Shields & Saddles ig. 6 Insulated Protection Shield...6 ig. 68 Rib-Lok Shield... ig. 60 to ig. 66 overing Protection Saddle Rolls ig. djustable Roll Support...22 ig. Single Roll... 2 ig. 8 Spring ushion Hanger...24 ig. 8 djustable Steel Yoke Roll...2 ig. Roller hair...26 ig. 2 Roll and ase Plate...2 ig. 2 PIpe Roll Stand...28 ig. 24, ig. 24P & ig. 2 djustable Roll Stand...29 Guide & Slides ig. 2 lignment Guide ig. 26 lignment Guide ig. 2 & ig. 2 Structural Tee Slide ssembly ig. 46 & ig. 46 abricated Tee Slide ssembly ig. 49 & ig. 49 Structural "H" Slide ssembly ig. 42 Special lamp...40 ig. 22 Medium lamp...4 Spring Hangers ig. 82, -268, 98, Triple & Quadruple Springs Spring Hanger & Series Selection heck List...46 ig. -268, ig Type... 4 ig. -268, ig Type &...48 ig. -268, ig Type & E...49 ig. -268, ig Type...0 ig. -268, ig Type G... ig. 82, ig. -82 Series Short Spring ig. 98, ig. -98 Series ouble Spring Triple Spring, Triple Spring-R Series Quadruple Spring, Quadruple Spring-R Series onstant Model R 80-V, -80-V Vertical & 8-H, -8-H Horizontal Total Travel & Selection hart ig. 80-V Type...68 ig. 80-V Type...69 ig. 80-V Type...0 ig. 80-V Type... ig. 80-V Type E...2 ig. 80-V Type G... ig. 80-V Type, & ig. 8-H Type... ig. 8-H Type... 6 ig. 8-H Type... ig. 8-H Type...8 ig. 8-H Type E...9 ig. 8-H Type Upthrust ig. 8-H Type,, & E ig. 80-V and ig. 8-H Weight hart...82 heck List...8 ig. 0 Horizontal Traveler...84 Vibration ontrol & Sway race ig. 296, 0, -296, ig. 29, 298, 02, Sway Strut ssembly ig. 2, -2, 640, -640 Sway Strut ssembly ig. 222, -222 Mini-Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers ig. 06, 0 Hydraulic Snubber ig. 200, -200, 20, -20 Hydraulic Snubber ig. 2 Tapered Pin Special esign Products ig. 8S Half lamp...20 ig. S Welding Lug for L.R. Elbow...20 ig. S ouble Roll Horizontal Traveler...20 ig. 2S ual irection Horizontal Traveler ig. S lat Roller with Saddle ig. 6S abricated Roller for Large iameter ig. 40S Riser lamp...20 ig. 4S Non-Standard Three olt lamp...20 ig. 42S Non-Standard Two olt lamp pplication ssembly Examples Hanger Specifications Master ormat Part Specification Technical ata Support Spacing Steel ata opper Tube ata Soil ata WW uctile Iron ata PV Plastic ata...20 Thermal Expansion of Material Threaded Rod ata...2 Maximum Recommended pplied Torques...2 eam imensions...24 nvil ompliances, Listings and pprovals nvil Hanger & Support Services...24 nvil Terms of Sale and onditions Index Subject Index...24 Numerical Index nvil reserves the right to make specification changes without notice. While every effort has been made to assure the accuracy of information contained in this catalog at the time of publication, we cannot accept responsibility for inaccuracies resulting from undetected errors or omissions. The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. Rod load ratings shown in this catalog are based upon MSS-SP-8 (2002 and later). PH-.

6 PITORIL TLE O ONTENTS opper Tubing Hangers Rings OPPER TUING HNGERS ig. T-69 djustable Swivel Ring Range: /2" thru 4" Page 8 ig. T-6 Light uty djustable levis Range: /2" thru 4" Page 9 ig. T-8R Extension Split Tubing lamp Range: /2" thru 2" Page 20 ig. 69 djustable Swivel Ring elt Lined Range: /2" thru 6" Page 2 ig. 6 opper Tube elt Lined Hanger Range: /2" thru 6" Page 22 ig. T-2 opper Tubing lignment Guide Range: " thru 4" Pages 24-2 ig. T-2 opper Tubing Riser lamp Range: /2" thru 4" Page 2 ig. T-28R Rod Threaded eiling lange Range: /8" thru /2" Page 20 PV PIPE HNGERS ig. 8 One Hole Strap Range: /4" thru 2" Page 26 ig. 86 Two Hole Strap Range: /4" thru 2" Page 2 ig. 8 Two Hole 90 Side Mount Strap Range: /4" thru 2" Page 28 ig. 88 Two Hole Stand Off Strap Range: /4" thru 2" Page 29 PIPE RINGS ig. 08 Split Ring Range: /8" thru 8" Page 0 ig. 8R Extension Split lamp Range: /8" thru " Page ig. 04 djustable Swivel Ring, Split Ring Type Range: /4" thru 8" Page 2 ig. 69 djustable Swivel Ring Range: /2" thru 8" Page 6 PH-.

7 PITORIL TLE O ONTENTS levis Steel lamps LEVIS Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes ig. 6 or onduit Hanger Range: /2" thru 6" Page 4 ig. 6 Light uty djustable levis Range: /8" thru 4" Page ig. 260 djustable levis Hanger Range: /2" thru 0" Page 6 opper Tubing Hangers levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps Structural ttachments rackets oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments PV Hangers eiling Plates & langes eam lamps Rings ig. 260 ISS levis Hanger with Insulation Saddle System Range: 2" thru 6" Pages - 9 ig. 00 djustable levis for Insulated Lines Range: /4" thru 2" Page 40 ig. 90 djustable levis for uctile or ast Iron Range: " thru 24" Page 4 STEEL PIPE LMPS ig. 26 Extension or Riser lamp Range: /4" thru 24" Page 42 ig. 40 Riser lamp Standard Range: 2" thru 24" Page 4 ig. 0 Offset lamp Range: /4" thru 8" Page 44 ig. 00 Extended lamp Range: /2" thru 8" Page 44 ig. 22 Medium lamp Range: /2" thru 0" Page 4 ig. 22P Earthquake racing lamp Range: 2 /2" thru 2" Page 46 ig. 26 Heavy lamp Range: " thru 42" Page 4 ig. 29 ouble olt lamp Range: /4" thru 6" Page 48 ig. 29 lloy ouble olt lamp Range: /2" thru 24" Page 49 olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts ig. 29H Heavy uty ouble olt lamp Range: 6" thru 6" Page 0 ig. 224 lloy Steel lamp Range: 4" thru 6" Page ig. 246 Heavy uty lloy Steel lamp Range: 0" thru 24" Page 2 PH-.

8 PITORIL TLE O ONTENTS Socket lamps Structural ttachments SOKET LMPS ig. 9 & 94 Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron & Socket lamp Washer Range: 4" thru 24" pipe Page ig. 600 & 99 Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron & Socket lamp Washer Range: " thru 24" pipe Page 4 EM LMPS ig. 86 & 88 -lamp with Set Screw and Lock Nut Range: /8" thru /4" Page ig. 9 -lamp with Locknut Range: /8" and /2" Page 6 ig. 89 Retaining lip Range: /8" thru /2" Page ig. 89X Retaining lip Range: /8" thru /4" Page ig. 92 Universal -Type lamp Standard Throat Range: /8" and /2" Page 8 ig. 9 Universal -Type lamp Wide Throat Range: /8" and /2" Page 9 ig. 94 Wide Throat Top eam -lamp Range: /8" and /4" Page 60 ig. 22 Top eam lamp Page 6 ig. 4 djustable Side eam lamp Range: /8" thru /8" Page 62 ig. 2 djustable Side eam lamp Range: " thru /8" Page 62 ig. Standard uty eam lamp Range: 4" thru 2" Page 6 ig. 4 Heavy uty eam lamp Range: 4" thru 2" Page 6 ig. 28 Malleable eam lamp without Extension Piece Page 64 ig. 228 Universal orged Steel eam lamp Page 6 ig. 292 & 292L Universal orged Steel eam lamp with Weldless Eye Nut Page 66 STRUTURL TTHMENTS ig. & L Structural Welding Lug Range (): /2" thru /4" Range (L): /2" thru 2" Page 6 ig. 4 Two-Hole Welding eam Lug Range: /2" thru 2 /4" Page 68 ig. 66 Welding eam ttachment Range: /8" thru /2" Page 69 ig. 60 Steel Washer Plate Range: /8" thru /4" Page 0 ig. 2 & race itting omplete Range: " and /4" Page 8 PH-.

9 PITORIL TLE O ONTENTS rackets oncrete Inserts & ttachments RKETS Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes ig. 202 Iron Side eam racket Range: /8" thru /8" Page 2 ig. 206 Steel Side eam racket Range: /8" thru /8" Page ig. 20 Threaded Steel Side eam racket Range: /8" and /2" Page ig. 89 Staight Eye Socket : /8" Page 4 opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers levis Hangers Rod ttachments Steel lamps eam lamps Rings ig. 90 Off-Set Eye Socket : /8" Page ig. 94 Light Welded Steel racket Page 6 ig. 9 Medium Welded Steel racket Page ig. 99 Heavy Welded Steel racket Page 8 EILING PLTES Socket lamps ig. 2 Plastic eiling Plate Range: /8" and /2" Page 9 ig. 9 ast Iron eiling Plate Range: /2" thru 8" Page 9 ig. 28R Rod Threaded, eiling lange Range: /8" and /2" Page 80 ig. Hanger lange Range: /8" thru /4" Page 8 Structural ttachments rackets ONRETE INSERTS & TTHMENTS eiling Plates & langes ig. 2 Screw oncrete Insert Range: /8" thru /8" Page 82 ig. 282 Universal oncrete Insert Range: /8" thru /8" Page 8 oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods ig. 28 Wedge Type onrete Insert Range: /4" thru /8" Page 84 ig. 28 Light Weight oncrete Insert Range: /4" thru /8" Page 8 ig. 286 Iron ross Range: /4" thru /2" Page 86 ig. 284 Metal eck Hanger Range: /8" thru /4" Page 8 ig. 4 oncrete Single Lug Plate Range: /2" thru 2" Page 88 olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts ig. 49 oncrete levis Plate Range: /8" thru /4" Page 89 ig. 2 oncrete Rod ttachment Plate Range: /8" thru /4" Page PH-.

10 PITORIL TLE O ONTENTS Hanger Rods & ttachments Straps HNGER ROS & TTHMENTS ig. 42 oach Screw Rods Machine Threaded on Opposite End Range: /8" thru /2" Page 9 ig. 46 ontinuous Thread Range: /4" thru /2" Page 9 ig. 40 & 2 Machine Threaded Rods Threaded on oth Ends Range: /8" thru " Page 92 ig. 6: ig. 6R: ig. 248 Eye Rod Not Welded Range: /8" thru 2 /2" Page 92 ig. 28 Eye Rod Welded Range: /8" thru 2 /2" Page 9 ig. 248X Linked Eye Rods Range: /8" thru 2 /2" Page 9 ig. 28X Linked Eye Rods Welded Range: /8" thru 2 /2" Page 9 ig. 48 Rod with Eye End Range: 2 /4" thru " Page 94 ig. & E Straight Rod oupling Range: /4" thru " Page 9 ig. 6 & 6R Straight Rod oupling Range: /4" thru " Page 9 ig. 4 Turnbuckle djuster Range: /4" thru /4" Page 96 ig. 0R Socket, Rod Threaded Range: /4" thru /8" Page 96 ig. Extension Piece Range: /8" thru /8" Page 9 ig. 290 Weldless Eye Nut Range: /8" thru 2 /2" Page 9 ig. 299 orged Steel levis Range: /8" thru 4" Page 98 ig. 20 Turnbuckle Range: /8" thru 2 /2" Page 99 ig. 2 Turnbuckle Range: /4" thru " Page 99 ig. 29 levis Pin with otters Range: /2" thru 4" Page 00 Machine olts and Hex Nuts Page 0 U-OLTS STRPS ig. & S Standard U-olts Range: /2" thru 6" Page 02 ig. Plastic oated U-olts Range: /2" thru 8" Page 0 ig. 20 Light Weight U-olt Range: /2" thru 0" Page 0 ig. 262 Strap Short Range: /2" thru 4" Page 04 ig. 26 One-Hole lamp Range: /8" thru 4" Page 04 ig. 24 Strap Range: /2" thru 6" pipe Page 0 ig. 244 Strap Range: /2" thru 6" pipe Page 0 0 PH-.

11 PITORIL TLE O ONTENTS Shields & Saddles PIPE SUPPORTS Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes Rings Socket lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts Steel lamps levis Hangers opper Tubing Hangers ig. 62 Type,, and Stanchion Range: 2" thru 8" Page 06 ig. 6 Type,, and Stanchion Range: 2 /2" thru 42" Page 0 ig. 92 djustable Saddle Range: 2" thru 2" Page 08 ig. 9 djustable Saddle with U-olt Range: 2" thru 2" Page 08 PV Hangers ig. 28 Stanchion Saddle Range: 4" thru 6" Page 09 ig. 264 djustable Saddle Support Range: 2 /2" thru 6" Page 0 ig. 26 djustable Saddle Support with U-olt Range: 4" thru 6" Page ig. 29 Saddle Support with U-olt Range: 4" thru 6" Page 2 eam lamps TRPEZE ig. 46 Universal Trapeze ssembly Page ig. 4 hannel ssembly Page 4 ig. 0 Equal Leg ngle for Trapeze ssembly Page PIPE SHIELS & SLES ig. 6 Insulation Protection Shield Range: /2" thru 24" pipe with up to 2" thick insulation Page 6 ig. 68 Rib-Lok Shield Range: /2" thru 8" pipe or copper tube with up to 2" thick insulation Page ig. 60 to 66 overing Protection Saddle Range: /4" thru 6" Pages PH-.

12 PITORIL TLE O ONTENTS Rolls Guides & Slides PIPE ROLLS ig. djustable Roll Support Range: " thru 0" Page 22 ig. Single Roll Range: " thru 0" Page 2 ig. 8 Spring ushion Hanger Page 24 ig. 8 djustable Steel Yoke Roll Range: 2 /2" thru 24" Page 2 ig. Roller hair Range: 2" thru 0" pipe Page 26 ig. 2 Roll and ase Plate Range: 2" thru 24" Page 2 ig. 2 Roll Stand Range: 2" thru 42" Page 28 ig. 24, 24P & 2 djustable Roll Stand Range: 2" thru 42" Page 29 PIPE GUIES & SLIES ig. 2 lignment Guide Range: " thru 24" pipe and insulation thickness of " thru 4" Pages 0 - ig. 26 lignment Guide Range: " thru 24" pipe and insulation thickness of " thru 4" Pages 2 - ig. 2 & 2 Structural Tee Slide ssembly Range: ll sizes within maximum load rating Pages 4 - ig. 46 & 46 abricated Tee Slide ssembly Range: ll sizes within maximum load rating Pages 4 - ig. 49 & 49 Structural "H" Slide ssembly, omplete Range: 6" thru 6" Pages 8-9 ig. 42 Special lamp Range: 2" thru 24" Page 40 ig. 22 Medium lamp Range: 2" thru 0" Page 4 2 PH-.

13 PITORIL TLE O ONTENTS Sway race - Seismic (Go to for current Product ata Sheets) PIPE RE LMPS Pictorial Table of ontents olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts Rod ttachments General Notes levis Hangers Structural ttachments rackets oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods eiling Plates & langes Socket lamps Steel lamps Rings opper Tubing Hangers ig. 0 Q race lamp Range: " thru 6" Service ig. 6 race lamp Range: 2 /2" thru 8" Service ig. Lateral/Longitudinal race lamp Range: 2 /2" thru 8" Service PV Hangers STRUTURL TTHMENTS ig. 8 ar Joist and eam ttachment (W) Range: lange Thickness /8" thru /4" RESTRINTS ig. 2 djustable Steel eam ttachment Range: lange Widths 4" thru " ig. 9 Multi-onnector dapter Range: " thru 8" Service eam lamps SWY RE TTHMENT ig. Surge Restrainer Range: /4" thru 2" Swivel Ring Hanger ig. Swivel Joint onnector - Rod Tap Range: /8" Rod iameter ig. Sway race Swivel ttachment Range: " and /4" race PH-.

14 PITORIL TLE O ONTENTS Spring Hangers Snubbers SPRING HNGERS HORIZONTL TRVELER & SWY RE ig. 82 & -82 Short Spring Pages 42-4, 2 - ig & -268 Standard Spring Pages 42-4, 4 - ig. 98 & -98 ouble Spring Pages 42-4, 4 - ig. 0 Horizontal Traveler Range: vailable in four sizes to take loads to 20,00 (lbs.) ll sizes provide for 2" of horizontal travel. Page 84 Triple Spring, Triple Spring-R Pages 42-4, 6 - Quadruple Spring, Quadruple Spring-R Pages 42-4, 8-9 ig. 296, 29, 298, 0, 02, 0 Sway race Range: Preloads from 0 (lbs.) to,800 (lbs.) and maximum forces from 200 (lbs.) to,200 (lbs.) Pages 8-8 ONSTNT SUPPORTS SWY STRUT SSEMLY ig. 2, -2, 640, -640 Sway Strut ssembly Pages Model R ig. 80-V Vertical onstant Support Pages 68-4 Model R ig. 8-H Horizontal onstant Support Pages - 8 ig. 222 & -222 Mini-Sway Strut ssembly Pages 90-9 SNUERS ig. 06 & 0 Hydraulic Shock and Sway Suppressor (Snubber) Range: Seven standard sizes with load ratings from 0 (lbs.) to 20,000 (lbs) Pages 92-9 ig. 200, -200, 20, -20 Hydraulic Shock and Sway Suppressor (Snubber) Range: Nine standard sizes with load ratings from 000 (lbs.) to 28,000 (lbs) Pages ig. 2 Tapered Pin Range: /8" thru 2 /2" Page PH-.

15 GENERL NOTES Standard Materials nvil catalog items are made from the following materials. Hanger lassification Material Material Specifications (STM) Malleable Iron 9 uctile Iron 6- Grade eam lamps arbon Steel - Stamped 6 or 0, S, Type,, or arbon Steel- ormed Grade M020 orged Steel 668 or 00 arbon Steel - Rod 6 or ISI olts, Nuts, Pins and U-olts arbon Steel - olts 0 arbon Steel- Nuts 6 Malleable Iron 9 rackets arbon Steel - Pre Galv. 6 arbon Steel - Structural Shapes and Plate 6 Plastic N/ eiling Plates and langes Malleable Iron 9 ast Iron 48 Grade 20 or 26 levis Hangers arbon Steel - Stamped 0, S, Type, or levis Hangers - or onduit arbon Steel 69 Grade or 2 or 26 levis Hangers - uctile Iron arbon Steel 6, 69 Malleable Iron 9 oncrete Inserts and ttachments arbon Steel - Stamped 0 arbon Steel - ormed and abricated 6 or Grade 6-0 opper Tubing Hangers Malleable Iron 9 arbon Steel 0, S, Type, or opper Tubing Hangers - Ring arbon Steel 6 PV Hangers arbon Steel 0, S, Type Hanger Rods arbon Steel 6 or lingment Guides arbon Steel 6 or 0, S, Type,, or Slides arbon Steel - Structural Shapes or Plates 6 Rings Malleable Iron 9 arbon Steel 6 Roll - (2) Rod, Yoke & hair ast Iron 00 or 0 Roll - Stands ast Iron 48 Gr 20 or 26 Protection Saddles arbon Steel 6 or 0, S, Type,, or lloy Steel 8 Grade 22 lass nnealed Shields arbon Steel 6 - Stanchions arbon Steel Tube: Grade 020 or 026, Plate:6 - Saddles arbon Steel 6 ast Iron 48 Grade 20 or 26 Malleable Iron 9 Rod ttachments arbon Steel 6 orged Steel 668 or 00 Rod ttachments - Rod ouplings arbon Steel 0 or 6 Socket lamps arbon Steel 6 Socket lamps- Washers ast Iron 26 arbon Steel 6 Stainless Steel Hangers and Refer to table note. Plate Stainless Steel 240 Type 04 Stainless Steel 2 Type 04 Rod and Pins Stainless Steel 26 Type 04 olts Stainless Steel 8-8 Stainless Nuts Stainless Steel 8-8 Stainless Steel lamps- Offset and Extended arbon Steel 6 or 0 Grade / or ISI 020 arbon Steel - Stamped 6 or 0, S, Type,, or Steel lamps arbon Steel - ormed 6 or Grade 6-0 hrome Molybdenum Steel 8 Grade 22 Malleable Iron 9 Straps arbon Steel - ormed 6 arbon Steel - Stamped 0, S, Type,, or Structural ttachments - Washer Plates arbon Steel 6 or ISI 020 or Grade 6-0 Structural ttachments arbon Steel 6 or Grade 6-0 Malleable / uctile 9, 6- Grade Trapeze arbon Steel - Structural Shapes 6 arbon Steel - HSS 00 Grade or Notes:. Most nvil hanger figure numbers are available in stainless steel on special order, primarily in type 04 and type 6. Items are limited. 2. ustom fabricated products can be furnished - to specifications provided by customer.. Standard material specifications are subject to change without notice. Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps eam lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

16 GENERL NOTES Standard Galvanizing Practice nvil offers basic forms fo zinc coating on its hanger components ) Electro-Plated Zinc (Electro-galvanized) 2) Pre-Galvanized Zinc ) Hot ipped Galvanized Note: The corrosion resistance of zinc is based on its thickness, the environment and the coating process used. Electro-Plated Zinc (STM 6) This type of coating is recommended for use indoors in relatively dry areas. The steel is submersed in a bath of zinc salts, through the process of electrolysis, a coating of pure zinc adheres to the steel with a molecular bond. maximum of. mills of zinc can be applied using this method. The threaded components and fasteners for nvil hangers are furnished electroplated. Pre-Galvanized Zinc (STM 6) This type of coating is suitable for extended exposure in dry or mildly corrosive atmospheres, but not generally recommended for use outdoors in industrial environments. lso known as "mill galvanized" or "hot-dipped mill galvanized", pre-galvanized zinc coatings are produced by rolling the steel coils or sheets through molten zinc at the steel mill. The material is then cut or slit to size. oating thickness is.90 ounces per square foot of steel surface. Zinc near the uncoated edges or weld areas becomes a sacrificial anode which protects the bare areas. nvil uses this type of material on our ig. 6 shields and ig. 69 swivel ring hangers. Hot-ip Galvanized (STM 2 or STM ) Recommended for prolonged outdoor exposure and will usually protect steel in most atmospheric environments. fter fabrication, the part is immersed in a bath of molten zinc. metallurgical bond is formed, resulting in a zinc coating that coats all surfaces including edges. nvil's standard galvanizing practice for our ig. 26 riser clamps and ig. 22 medium pipe clamps is hot-dip galvanized. 6 PH-.

17 GENERL NOTES Standard Galvanizing Practice (cont.) igure Standard escription Number Galvanize inish 4 dj. Side eam lamp EG 40 Riser lamp Standard Hot ip with EG asteners 4 hannel ssembly Hot ip 46 Universal Trapeze ssembly Hot ip 4 oncrete Single Lug Plate Hot ip 49 oncrete levis Plate Hot ip with EG asteners 0 Equal Leg ngle for Trapeze ssembly Hot ip 2 oncrete Rod ttachment Plate Hot ip 4 Two Hole Welding eam Lug Hot ip Structural Welding Lug Hot ip 60 Steel Washer Plate Hot ip 62 Stanchion Hot ip 6 Stanchion Hot ip 6 Light uty dj. levis EG 66 Welded eam ttachment Hot ip 66 with N Welded eam ttachment Hot ip with EG asteners 6 or onduit Hanger EG 69 dj. Swivel Ring, Tapped per NP Standards 6 abricated Roller for Large ia. Strap is Pre-Galv. Material, Nut is EG Galvanizing not possible, Paint Only 86 -lamp with Set Screw & Lock Nut EG 88 -lamp with Set Screw EG 89, 89X Retaining lip EG 92 Universal -Type lamp (Std. Throat) EG 9 Universal -Type lamp (Wide Throat) EG 94 Wide Throat eam -lamp EG 9 -lamp with Lock Nut EG 00 Extended lamp Hot ip with EG asteners 0 Offset lamp Hot ip with EG asteners 04 dj. Swivel Ring, Split Ring Type EG 20 Light Weight U-olt EG 26 One-Hole lamp EG 28R Rod Threaded eiling lange EG Standard uty eam lamp Hot ip with EG asteners 4 Heavy uty eam lamp Hot ip with EG asteners E Rod oupling Straight less Sight Hole EG R Rod oupling Reducing EG 6 Rod oupling Straight EG 6R Rod oupling Reducing EG Standard U-olt EG S Special U-olt (non-standard) Hot ip 8R Ext. Split lamp (Rod Threaded) EG 40 Machine Threaded Rod (RH Threads) EG 42 oach Screw Rod EG 46 ontinuous Threaded Rod EG 48 Rod with Eye End EG Extension Piece EG 6 Insulated Protection Shield Pre-Galv. Material 68 Rib-Lok Shield Pre-Galv. Material Single Roll EG Roller hair hair-hot ip, ll Other EG dj. Roll Support EG 8 Spring ushion Hanger an Galv. Retainer, Springs Paint Only 8 dj. Steel Yoke Roll Hot ip Yoke, ll Other EG 8 One Hole Strap EG 86 Two Hole Strap EG 8 Two Hole 90 Side Mount Strap EG 88 Two Hole Stand Off Strap EG 89 Straight Eye Socket Pre-Galv. 90 Off-Set Eye Socket Pre-Galv. 9 dj. Saddle with U-olt EG 92 dj. Saddle EG 94 Light Welded Steel racket Hot ip 9 Medium Welded Steel racket Hot ip 99 Heavy Welded Steel racket Hot ip igure Standard escription Number Galvanize inish 202 Iron Side eam racket Hot ip 206 Steel Side eam racket EG 20 Threaded Steel Side eam racket EG 22 Medium lamp Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts 22P Earthquake racing lamp Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts 26 Heavy lamp Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts 28 Malleable eam lamp without Ext. Piece EG 228 Universal orged Steel eam lamp EG 20 Turnbuckle EG 2 Turnbuckle EG 248, 248L, Eye Rod Not Welded 248X EG 2 Machine Threaded Rod (Threaded oth Ends) EG 2 lignment Guide Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts T-2 opper Tubing lignment Guide Housing: Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts Spider lamp: opper Plated 26 lignment Guide Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts 2 Structural Tee Slide Hot ip, Weld after Galv. & old Spray Touch-up 28 Saddle Support EG 29 Saddle Support with U-olt EG 260 dj. levis Hanger 8" & Smaller: EG 0" & Larger: Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts 260 ISS levis Hanger with Insulation Saddle System Reference ig Ext. or Riser lamp Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts 262 Strap Short EG 264 dj. Saddle Support EG 26 dj. Saddle Support with U-olt EG 2 Roll Stand EG 24 dj. Roll Stand with ase Plate EG 24P Roll Stand - ase Plate Only EG 2 dj. Roll Stand without ase Plate EG 2 Roll and ase Plate EG 28, 28L, Eye Rod Welded 28X EG 28 Wedge Type oncrete Insert EG 282 Universal oncrete Insert EG 28 Light Weight oncrete Insert EG 290, 290L Weldless Eye Nut EG 29 levis Pin with otters EG 292, 292L Universal orged Steel eam lamp EG 29 ouble olt lamp Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts 29 lloy ouble olt lamp lloy Material, Galv. is not Recommended 29H Heavy uty ouble olt lamp Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts 299 orged Steel levis EG 00 dj. levis for Insulated Lines 8" & Smaller: EG 0" & Larger: Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts 9 ast Iron eiling Plate EG 42 Special lamp Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts 46 abricated Tee Slide ssembly Hot ip, Weld after Galv. & old Spray Touch-up 49 Structural "H" Slide ssembly Hot ip, Weld after Galv. & old Spray Touch-up 90 dj. levis for uctile or ast Iron Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts 94 Socket lamp Washer EG 9 Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts 99 Socket lamp Washer EG 600 Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron Hot ip with EG olts & Nuts EG = Zinc Electro Plate STM 6 Hot ip = STM 2 or Pre-Galv. = STM 6 Most EG items can be hot dip galvanized. Hot dip fasteners are available as is all thread rod. Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps eam lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

18 OPPER TUING HNGERS ig. T-69 djustable Swivel Ring Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: opper plated Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary copper tube. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 0) WW-H--E (Type 0), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 0). eatures: Threads are countersunk so that they cannot become burred or damaged. Knurled swivel nut provides vertical adjustment after piping is in place. aptured swivel nut will not fall off. Ordering: Specify nominal tube size, figure number, name and finish. Note: Metric nut available upon request. " " L G L /2" through /4" pipe G /2" through 4" pipe IG. T-69: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Tube Max Load Weight G Width / / /2 Note: Reflects changes in rod diameter from previously published data per recent revisions in MSS-SP-8 & 69 8 PH-.

19 OPPER TUING HNGERS ig. T-6 Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: opper plated Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated, stationary copper tube. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification WW-H--E (Type 2). Installation: () djustment may be made either before or after tubing is in place without temporary support of pipe. (2) Hanger rod and nuts may be locked into position after adjustment by use of the upper nut. eatures: Provides for adjustment up to ". Ordering: Specify nominal tube size, figure number, name and finish Light uty djustable levis Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps E eam lamps L Structural ttachments G rackets Tube Max Load IG. T-6: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight Rod Rod Take Out - E djustment Note: ) Reflects changes in rod diameter from previously published data per recent revisions in MSS-SP-8 & 69. 2) /2" tube size alternate - /2" ig. 6 galvanized G Width Lower /8 eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts /4 9 PH-.

20 OPPER TUING HNGERS ig. T-28R Rod Threaded eiling lange Range: " and " Material: Malleable iron inish: opper plated Service: Recommended for attachment to wood beams or ceiling. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name. 2 " 6" " 6" " IG. T-28R: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load Weight Screws Quantity No ig. T-8R Extension Split Tubing lamp (Rod Threaded) Range: " through 2" Material: Malleable iron inish: opper plated Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary copper tube. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H--E (Type 2), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 2). Installation: Permanent installation of clamp may be made before the tubing is placed in position. inal installation is attained by swinging the lower portion of the hinged clamp up under the tubing and inserting a single screw securely. eatures: Hinged design provides for economical installation. esigned to provide a tight fit on copper tubing. Ordering: Specify nominal tube size, figure number, name. " L IG. T-8R: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Tube Max Load Weight PH-.

21 OPPER TUING HNGERS ig. 69 Range: " through 6" copper tube Material: arbon steel and felt with adhesive backing inish: Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary copper tubing. Maximum Temperature: 20 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 0) WW-H--E (Type 0), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 0). eatures: The layer of felt separates the copper tubing from the steel ring for electrolytic resistance and also minimizes noise and vibration. Threads are countersunk so they cannot become burred or damaged. Knurled swivel nut provides vertical adjustment after tubing is in place. The captured nut is permanent in the bottom portion of band, allowing the hanger to be opened during installation if desired, but not allowing the nut to fall out. Ordering: Specify felt ring size, figure number and name. djustable Swivel Ring, elt Lined Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps L G /2" & /4" tube /2" through " elted Ring L " through 6" tube /4" through 6" elted Ring G ELT LINE RING: IPS SIZING IMENSIONS (IN) elted Ring Socket lamps eam lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes Tube elted Ring IG. 69: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Rod G Width / /4 0.0, Weight oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 2 PH-.

22 OPPER TUING HNGERS ig. 6 opper Tube elt Lined Hanger Range: " through 6" copper tube Material: arbon steel and felt with adhesive backing inish: Galvanized Service: an be suspended by hanger rod or attached to wall. T slot in hanger permits side bolt to be installed after installation and setting of pipe. Maximum Temperature: 20 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). eatures: The layer of felt separates the copper tubing from the steel strap for electrolytic resistance and also minimizes noise and vibration. omponents: Strap and bolt with nut assembled. Ordering: Specify felt hanger size, figure number and name. G E ELT LINE HNGER: IPS SIZING IMENSIONS (IN) elted Hanger H L L lternate Installation olt/screw to Vertical Support Tube elt Hanger IG. 6: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Load Rating Rod E G 2 6 H Width / Weight PH-.

23 OPPER TUING HNGERS ig. T-2 Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: opper plated Service: Recommended for support and steadying of copper tube risers, either insulated or non-insulated. This product is not intended for use with hanger rods. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8), WW-H--E (Type 8), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 8). Service: or support and steadying of copper tubing risers. Installation: lamp is fitted and bolted preferably below a coupling or fitting on the tubing. o not over tighten bolts. eatures: Rounded ears provide greater safety for personnel. Ordering: Specify tube size, figure number, name. opper Tubing Riser lamp Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes L eam lamps G L IG. T-2: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) TORQUE (T-LS) Tube Max Load Weight L G Width olt Torque Values oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts Note: Minimum loads per MSS SP only applicable to /4" and up. 2 PH-.

24 OPPER TUING HNGERS ig. T-2 opper Tubing lignment Guide Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized housing with copper plated finish on spider clamp. Service: or maintaining alignment of tubing through its axial expansion and contraction cycles. Normally, two or more pipe alignment guides are used on a single tubing run to avoid a pivoting effect within the tubing system. onsult the Expansion Joint Manufacturers ssociation or the opper Tube Manufacturers for additional guidelines of spacing requirements of intermediate guides. are usually required between intermediate guides to comply with standard support practices. Maximum Temperature: 400 Installation: () ttach outer housing to structure by bolting or welding. (2) Remove upper section of housing to open position. () ttach spider clamp to tube and completely insulate. (4) Set tube and spider clamp into outer housing. () Replace upper section of housing to closed position and secure. Note: Spider attachments to tube must be properly located during installation to insure that a minimum of one-half the spider width remains within the length of the outer housing for all conditions of operation. If larger travels are required, special guides can be furnished to special order. How to size: by nominal tube size and insulation thickness in accordance with the selection table. Ordering: Specify size number, tube size, insulation thickness, figure number, name and finish. aution: The primary function of the igure T-2 is to maintain axial alignment of a system. Other components should be incorporated into the system to carry the primary loading of the system. Guides are designed such that minor loading amounts may be transferred to the guide in any given direction, up to 20% of dead weight load for typical maximum spans of a given pipe diameter. Tube (in) L (in) Maximum Movement " to 4" PH-.

25 OPPER TUING HNGERS ig. T-2 opper Tubing lignment Guide (cont.) Pictorial Table of ontents 4 4 General Notes H I 4 HOLES E L J INSULTION THIKNESS T 2 4 Tube H I 4 HOLES E L T J INSULTION THIKNESS opper Tubing Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 2 4 Tube PV Hangers opper Tubing lignment Guide, igure T-2, & opper Tubing lignment Guide, igure T-2, thru Guide No. imensions (in) E H T eam lamps Guide Number Tube Insulation Thickness (in) PH-.

26 PV PIPE HNGERS ig. 8 One Hole Strap Range: " through 2" inish: Galvanized steel Service: Hanger for PV pipe in the horizontal position on the side of structural wood beams and Steel 20 Ga. (min) with hanger tab in the upward position only (ig. ). It can also be used as a guide to limit movement of vertical PV pipe with the tab in the horizontal position. pprovals: UL and UL Listed. Installation: Place hanger over pipe. Secure hanger to mounting surface with screws provided. Steel applications require one () #4 x " hex washer head self-drilling TEK screw. Not Supplied. Part Number ST eatures: eveled edge design helps protect the PV pipe from any rough surface. Easily attaches to wood structure with #0 x " hex washer head self threading screw supplied with product. No pre-drilling required. Ordering: Specify PV pipe size, figure number and description. PV IG. 8: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ø E ig. Max. Hanger Spacing (T.) pprox. Weight/00 (lbs) PH-.

27 PV PIPE HNGERS ig. 86 Range: " through 2" inish: Galvanized steel Service: Hanger for PV pipe in the horizontal position on the bottom and side of structural wood beams, composite beams and Steel 20 Ga. (min.) (ig., respectively). an be used as a restrainer when installed on top of structural wood beams (ig. ), for limiting pipe movement due to thrust loads during sprinkler system start-up. It can also be used as a guide to limit movement for pipe in the vertical position. When used on composite wood beams, web thickness must be /8" or greater. pprovals: UL and UL Listed. Installation: Snap hanger over pipe. imples will prevent hanger from falling off pipe. Secure hanger to mounting surface with screws provided. o not make adjustments to hanger mounting flanges that result in clamping the pipe to the mounting surface. must be allowed to move freely through hanger. Steel applications require two (2) #4 x " hex washer head self-drilling TEK screws. Not Supplied. Part Number ST eatures: imples secure hanger to pipe for quick installation. eveled edge design helps protect the PV pipe from any rough surface. Easily attaches to wood structure with #0 x " hex washer head self threading screw supplied with product. No pre-drilling required. Ordering: Specify PV pipe size, figure number and description. Two Hole Strap ig. Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps eiling Plates & langes rackets Structural ttachments PV Hangers eam lamps ig. ig. oncrete Inserts & ttachments PV IG. 86: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ø E Max. Hanger Spacing (T.) pprox. Weight/00 (lbs) 6 6 Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

28 PV PIPE HNGERS ig. 8 Two Hole 90 Side Mount Strap Range: " through 2" inish: Galvanized steel Service: Hanger for PV pipe in the horizontal position on the bottom of structural wood beams and Steel 20 Ga. (min.) (ig. ). an be used as a restrainer, only in Steel 20 Ga. (min) (ig. ). uring installation, adjust hanger mounting flanges such that pipe contacts both mounting surface and hanger, minimizing vertical pipe movement. pprovals: UL and UL Listed. Installation: Snap hanger over pipe. imples will prevent hanger from falling off pipe. Secure hanger to mounting surface with screws provided. o not anchor tightly to mounting surface. must be allowed to move freely through hanger. Steel applications require two (2) #4 x " hex washer head self-drilling TEK screws. Not Supplied. Part Number ST eatures: eveled edge design helps protect the PV pipe from any rough surface. Easily attaches to wood structure with #0 x " hex washer head self threading screw supplied with product. No pre-drilling required. Ordering: Specify PV pipe size, figure number and description. ig. ig. PV IG. 8: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ø E Max. Hanger Spacing (T.) pprox. Weight/00 (lbs) PH-.

29 PV PIPE HNGERS ig. 88 Range: " through 2" inish: Galvanized steel Service: Support for PV pipe off the face of structural wood beams (ig. ) eliminates the use of back-up blocks. It can also be used as a hanger for PV pipe in the horizontal position on the bottom of structural wood beams and Steel 20 Ga. (min.) (ig. ). pprovals: UL and UL Listed. Installation: Snap hanger over pipe. Position hanger back around pipe but allow for pipe movement. Secure hanger to mounting surface with screws provided. Recheck to insure that the pipe is allowed to move freely through hanger. Steel applications require two (2) #4 x " hex washer head self-drilling TEK screws. Not Supplied. Part Number ST eatures: eveled edge design helps protect the PV pipe from any rough surface. Easily attaches to wood structure with #0 x " hex washer head self threading screw supplied with product. No pre-drilling required. Eliminates wooden spacer blocks. Ordering: Specify PV pipe size, figure number and description. Two Hole Stand Off Strap opper Tubing Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps eiling Plates & langes rackets Structural ttachments Pictorial Table of ontents eam lamps General Notes PV Hangers ig. ig. oncrete Inserts & ttachments PV IG. 88: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ø E Max. Hanger Spacing (T.) pprox. Weight/00 (lbs) Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

30 PIPE RINGS ig. 08 Split Ring Range: " through 8" Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary pipe lines or conduit. May be used with rod socket ig. 0R or turnbuckle adjuster ig. 4. Maximum Temperature: 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). eatures: Permits installation before or after pipe is in place. Provides economical installation. Permits use of universally adaptable parts. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name. IGURE 08: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight olt L #0 x x , , /8 x x 2 x 2 0 PH-.

31 PIPE RINGS ig. 8R (Rod Threaded) Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for non-insulated stationary pipe lines. Maximum Temperature: 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H--E (Type 2), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 2). eatures: Rapid installation assured by hinged design and single closure screw. When used with nipple this clamp is particularly adaptive for use on refrigeration or compressor piping subject to vibration. Interior design provides firm grip on pipe. Inside of ring tapered to prevent entrapment of condensed moisture. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Extension Split lamp opper Tubing Hangers Rings levis Hangers rackets Structural ttachments Pictorial Table of ontents eam lamps General Notes Socket lamps PV Hangers Steel lamps L IG. 8R: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight Rod eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

32 PIPE RINGS ig. 04 djustable Swivel Ring, Split Ring Type Range: " through 8" Material: Malleable iron, carbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary pipe lines. Maximum Temperature: 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 6) WW-H--E (Type 6), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 6). eatures: Labor-saving features in installation completely outweigh slight additional cost. Hanger may be installed prior to suspension of pipe. Off-center hinge provides seating for pipe during installation. Wedge-type locking pin is inseparably cast into hinged section, sizes 2 " and larger. djustable swivel ring is self-locking; prevents loosening due to vibration; maintains proper pitch of pipe. Wire retaining ring prevents separation of swivel shank from pipe ring before installation. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. IG. 04: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) E Max Load Weight Rod E Inside ia. of Ring L , , PH-.

33 PIPE RINGS ig. 69 djustable Swivel Ring, Tapped Per NP Standards Range: " through 8" Material: arbon steel inish: Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary pipe line. Maximum Temperature: 60 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 0) WW-H--E (Type 0), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 0). UL Listed and M pproved (s " - 8"). eatures: Threads are countersunk so that they cannot become burred or damaged. Knurled swivel nut provides vertical adjustment after piping is in place. aptured swivel nut in the " through 6" sizes. The capture is permanent in the bottom portion of the band, allowing the hanger to be opened during installation if desired, but not allowing the nut to fall completely out. Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. Metric nut available upon request. Non-captured nut also available upon request. Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps eam lamps L Structural ttachments /2" through " pipe G L rackets /4" through 8" pipe G eiling Plates & langes IG. 69: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight Rod G Width / / , Note: Reflects changes in rod diameter from previously published data per recent revisions in MSS-SP-8 & 69 oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

34 LEVIS HNGERS ig. 6 or onduit Hanger Range: " through 6" Material: arbon steel inish: Galvanized Service: an be suspended by hanger rod or attached to wall. T slot in hanger permits side bolt to be installed after installation and setting of pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). omponents: Strap and bolt with nut assembled. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and name. G E L L H lternate Installation olt/screw to Vertical Support IG. 6: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Load Rating Weight Rod E G H Width / PH-.

35 LEVIS HNGERS ig. 6 Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of stationary pipe or conduit. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized and Epoxy 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification WW-H--E (Type 2). Installation: Hanger load nut above the clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. djustment: Vertical adjustment is provided, varying with the size of clevis. Tighten upper nut after adjustment. eatures: n economical attachment for light duty service. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Metric nut available upon request. aution: When an oversize clevis is used, a pipe spacer or multispacer should be placed over clevis bolt to ensure that the lower U-strap will not move in on the bolt. Light uty djustable levis Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps E eam lamps L Structural ttachments G rackets Max Load IG. 6: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight Rod Rod Take Out E djustment 6 6 G Width Lower /8 eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods /4 Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

36 LEVIS HNGERS ig. 260 djustable levis Hanger Range: " through 0" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain, Galvanized, or Primed, also available in Plastic or Epoxy oated Service: Recommended for the suspension of stationary pipe lines. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized and Epoxy 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). UL (s /4" through 8"), UL Listed (s /4" through 4") and M pproved (s " through 8"). Installation: Hanger load nut above clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. djustment: Vertical adjustment without removing pipe may be made from " through ", varying with the size of clevis. Tighten upper nut after adjustment. eatures: esign has yoke on outside of lower U-strap so yoke cannot slide toward center of bolt, thus bending of bolt is minimized. s " and up have rod and two nuts instead of bolt and nut; thread length on clevis rod is such that the thread locks the nuts in place, and threads are not in shear plane. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Notes: Punched forming holes may be present on certain sizes of this clevis hanger. These holes are solely for the purpose of manufacturing, and do not effect the structural integrity or load carrying capacities of these hangers. or insulated line options without shields, see igures 260 ISS and igure 00. or insulated line options with shields, see igures 6 and 68. or ductile iron pipe sizes, see igure 90. aution: When an oversize clevis is used, a pipe spacer or multispacer should be placed over clevis bolt to ensure that the lower U-strap will not move in on the bolt. E H E H G G L L /2" to /4" s " and Larger IG. 260: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Span t. Weight Rod Rod Take Out E djust. G H Width Lower * * * * ,0 2* * /4 4 4*., * /6 6,940 * ,000 9* /6 0,600 22* /4 2,800 2* ,200 2* , , /2 20 4, , , Span represents the maximum recommended distance between hangers on a continuous and straight run of horizontal standard weight steel pipe filled with water. In all cases, verify that chosen location of hangers does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown above. *Indicates that span represents the maximum span for water filled pipe as given in Table of page PH-.

37 LEVIS HNGERS ig. 260 ISS Range: /2" through 2" pipe and accommodates up to 2" of insulation. Material: arbon steel with high impact glass reinforced polypropylene saddle and carbon steel pipe spacer. inish: Plain or Galvanized levis Hanger Service: Recommended for the suspension of stationary insulated chilled or hot water pipe lines. Maximum Temperature: 40 to 200 pprovals: ual ire Ratings, UL E94 VO and STM E84 lass 2/60. Installation: Hanger load nut above clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper performance. Position the pipe on the saddle. Notch insulation to fit around the saddle. Square cut adjoining insulation and butt the insulation ends to each other. Insulation joint is coated, caulked and taped following standard insulation practice used on flanges and valves. djustment: Vertical adjustment without removing the hanger may be made /8" through 2 /8" varying with the size of the clevis. Tighten all nuts after adjustment. eatures: V-lock design cradles pipe through out the entire erection process. levis bolt spacer included as standard keeps the clevis lower strap from collapsing. Eliminates: Wood blocks and standard shields ostly calcium silicate inserts Re-leveling of piping at each individual hanger after insulation is completed. Ordering: Specify size number, pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number name and finish. 2" through 6" Patent #,28,689 levis Hanger with Insulation Saddle System IG. 260 ISS SIZING TLE Insulation Thickness /2" /4" " /2" 2" ( Number) /2 2 2 /4 2 2 / / / IG. 260 ISS SIZING TLE opper Insulation Thickness Tube /2" /4" " /2" 2" ( Number) /8 2 2 /2 2 2 /8 2 2 / /4 / / / IG. 260 ISS: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) 260 ISS Number *Max Load Weight Rod **Rod Take Out E djust /8 4 /2 2 /8 /8 /4 2 /8 0.2 /2 6 /2 4 /6 /6 /8 4.8 /8 /6 4 /2 /2 4 /2 / /6 /2 /4 / /4 /4 /2 6 /6 /4 / /6 /6 /4 8 / /4 8 /6 /8 0 /4 /8 / /6 0 /8 2 9 /6 2 / /6 0 /6 2 /2 /4 4 / /8 6 /6 * Max load exceeds dead weight load requirement of pipe at max span, except 4 and 6 where max load is based on industry standard spacing of 4. urther information on typical pipe spans and piping weight per length can be found on pages 22 and 22, respectively. ** ased on maximum insulation thickness, variations due to pipe size and insulation thickness may occur. G X Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps eam lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

38 LEVIS HNGERS ig. 260 ISS levis Hanger with Insulation Saddle System (cont.) pplication: nvil's insulation saddle system clevises are fully tested and rated for a temperature range from 40 to 200. Ideal for the suspension of stationary insulated chilled or hot water pipelines. hilled Water Testing: Extensive field-testing and inspection has been performed to confirm that the integrity of the insulation vapor barrier for chilled water systems are sustained with the 260 ISS. To ssure Proper Vapor arrier: Each insulation joint should be properly coated, caulked and taped. pplying standard insulation practice that is used on flanges and valves. eatures: The nvil 260 (ISS) Insulation Saddle System reduces your overall installation time and greatly simplifies the way you insulate copper and steel pipe systems. ontractors can support insulated pipe with less parts and labor. The revolutionary design of the 260 ISS spreads the load evenly over the lower strap of the clevis. The innovative V-lock design cradles the pipe at the design elevation throughout the erection process. The wide base V-lock design accommodates multiple pipe sizes, reducing the on-site inventory and the flexibility of pipe and insulation combinations with each size number. STM & UL ire Ratings: The 260 ISS has been independently tested by STM and UL for: lame Spread Index (SI) Smoke evelopment (S) and drip ratings pprovals from both agencies with the highest ratings for the type of product. Low Thermal onductivity: V-lock low thermal conductivity of. TU-In./Sq.T-Hr Insulation R-Values: The igure 260 ISS polymer V-lock component has an R-value ranging from.0 to 8., depending on the hanger size. Meets or exceeds most commercial insulation R-values. 8 PH-.

39 LEVIS HNGERS ig. 260 ISS levis Hanger with Insulation Saddle System (cont.) Easy Installation Make sure the double hex nuts installed with the upper hanger load nut above the clevis are tightened securely. Position pipe on saddle. STEP STEP 2 Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers Notch PV Hangers levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps eam lamps Rings ope or notch insulation to fit around saddle. The notch should be deep enough to extend /8" to /4" beyond the saddle. STEP Slide the notched insulation section over saddle. STEP 4 Square ut Structural ttachments rackets Square cut adjoining insulation and butt the insulation ends to each other. or chilled systems a mastic for thermal insulations or similar sealant is typically used: Systems (0 or greater) apply sealant to: The coped and flat edges of the mating insulation sections. The V-lock saddle at the insulation interface. Systems (elow 0 ) apply sealant as per 0 egrees with additional sealant to: The V-lock saddle joint between the two saddle halves. aulk joints and finish taping. To assure proper vapor barrier: Each insulation joint should be properly coated, caulked and taped. pplying standard insulation practice that is used on flanges and valves. inish via standard taping method. Mastic applied to V-lock saddle at insulation interface. (0 or greater) eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts dditional sealant applied to V-lock saddle joint between the two saddle halves. (hilled water below 0 ) 9 PH-.

40 LEVIS HNGERS ig. 00 djustable levis for Insulated Lines Range: " through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain, Galvanized or Epoxy coated Service: Recommended for suspension of insulated stationary pipe lines. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized and Epoxy 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). Installation: Hanger load nut above clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. djustment: Vertical adjustment is provided, varying with the size of the clevis. Tighten upper nut after adjustment. eatures: esigned for 2" of insulation on " through " pipe and 4" of insulation on 2" and larger pipe. When properly installed, clevis bolt is outside the insulation. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. G E H L I Max Load IG. 00: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight Rod E djustment , , / , /2 8 2, /4 0, , G H I Width Lower 40 PH-.

41 LEVIS HNGERS ig. 90 Range: 4" through 24" ductile or cast iron pipe Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for the suspension of stationary ductile iron or cast iron pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). Installation: Hanger rod nut above clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. djustment: Vertical adjustment without removing pipe may be made from 6" through 6", varying with the size of the clevis. Tighten upper nut after adjustment. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Note: igure 90 sizes 2" and below typically feature a igure 260 Top omponent. djustable levis for uctile or ast Iron opper Tubing Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes PV Hangers Socket lamps E eam lamps L Structural ttachments G rackets.i./.i. Max Load IG. 90: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight.I./.I. O.. Rod E G Width Lower, /4 4, , /2 8 2, /4 0, , , , , , , /2 eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 4 PH-.

42 STEEL PIPE LMPS ig. 26 Extension or Riser lamp Range: " through 24" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain, Galvanized or Epoxy coated Service: or support of stationary steel pipe risers, cast iron pipe or conduit. This product is not intended for use with hanger rods. or this application refer to ig. 40 Riser lamp, page 4. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized and Epoxy 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) WW-H--E (Type 8), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 8). Note: Refer to Technical ata Section for cast iron soil pipe data. UL, UL Listed (s " - 8"). Installation: lamp is fitted and bolted preferably below a coupling, hub or welded lugs on steel pipe. olt torques should be per industry standards (see page 2). lamp is designed for standard steel pipe O.. and this must be considered in sizing the riser for other types of piping. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. L G L IG. 26: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) TORQUE (T-LS) Max Load Weight L G Width olt iameter Torque Values , , , , , , PH-.

43 STEEL PIPE LMPS ig. 40 Range: 2" through 24" Material: arbon steel (S), lloy (), or Stainless Steel (SS) inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: Galvanized 40, 60 (S), 90 () and,000 (SS) Service: Riser clamps are used for the support of vertical piping. Load is carried by shear lugs which are welded to the pipe. Shear lugs provided upon request. Local pipe wall stress evaluation available upon request. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 42), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 42). Ordering: Specify pipe size, material, figure number, name and finish. Note: If different loads or dimensions are required, refer to ig. 40 S special design riser clamp. S L OLT/STU I. Riser lamp Standard ield Welded Shear Lugs ig. 40, 46 Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps PIPE SPER ig. 290 Socket lamps G (max) ig. 40 eam lamps Rigid ssembly E Max Load to Spring ssembly E IG. 40: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) - E s 6" to 20" have (4) inner bolts. (max) G (max) or Shear Lug imensions, refer to Special esign Products ig. 40S. S (S) (alloy) (SS) (max) Maximum Weight Each S SS lloy , / ,00, ,200 4, ,000 6, ,00, ,800, ,000 8, ,00 2, Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 4 PH-.

44 STEEL PIPE LMPS ig. 0 Range: " through 8" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or use in supporting piping away from wall or floor. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized 40 Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish Service: or use in supporting horizontal piping away from the wall or floor (not to be used as a riser type support) HOLE SIZE G ig. 00 LO W L olt ia. Offset lamp IG. 0: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight W olt ia / / G Width Extended lamp Range: " through 8" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or attachment to structure without use of rods. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized 40 Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. H 2" G E W L " IG. 00: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) G W E Width H Weight PH-.

45 STEEL PIPE LMPS ig. 22 Range: " through 0" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of cold pipe lines or hot lines where no insulation is required. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H--E (Type 4), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 4). UL, UL Listed and M pproved (s " - 8"). Installation: Normally used with weldless eye nut ig. 290, page 9 or eye rod. eatures: lamps tightly to pipe. Wide range of sizes. Equal gap design on many sizes. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, E G name and finish. Note: The gap dimension ensures adequate L clearance at the top attachment point for a weldless eye nut or other appropriate rod attachment. This gap may or may not be present on the bottom portion of the clamp. If different loads or dimensions are required, refer to ig. 42 S non-standard two bolt pipe clamp. Span t. IG. 22: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load or Service Temp Weight Rod Take Out E H Medium lamp Note: This picture is representative of a typical igure 22. istance between clamp ears beneath pipe may or may not be equal to upper gap. H * * * * *.40 2, * * * G Width /4 6 *.40 4,6, * /2 0 22* * ,490 2, / ,060 2, ,00, lamps may be furnished with square ends. Span represents the maximum recommended distance between hangers on a continuous & straight run of horizontal standard weight steel pipe filled with water. In all cases, verify that chosen location of hangers does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown above. or vapor service, the presence of fittings or insulation, and other weights and types of pipe, spans may either increase or decrease. In all cases, verify that chosen location of hanger does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown. *Indicates that span represents the maximum span for water filled pipe as given in Table of page 22. Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps eam lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 4 PH-.

46 STEEL PIPE LMPS ig. 22P Earthquake racing lamp Range: 2 " through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or seismic bracing, to be used with ig. brace fitting. clamp bolt holes are designed to match holes in brace fitting. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H--E (Type 4), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 4). Installation: esigned for use with ig. brace fitting, see page. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Note: The gap dimension should be used at the upper and lower locations to ensure proper installation of the clamp. Standard igure 22 will be furnished for sizes 2 " thru 4". E L G H 2 Max Load or Service Temp 60 0 IG. 22P: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight (lbs).20 2 Rod Take Out E H 2 G Width , / / PH-.

47 STEEL PIPE LMPS ig. 26 Range: " through 42" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of pipe lines where no insulation is required. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H--E (Type 4), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 4). Installation: Normally used with welded eye rod or with weldless eye nut ig. 290, see page 9. eatures: esigned for heavy load up to 0 Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Note: If different loads or dimensions are required, refer to ig. 42 S non-standard two bolt pipe clamp. Heavy lamp Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers G L E H Note: This picture is representative of a typical igure 26. istance between clamp ears beneath pipe may or may not be equal to upper gap. Steel lamps Socket lamps eam lamps Structural ttachments IG. 26: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load or Service Temp Rod Take G Weight H Out E Width 60 0,0, ,, ,0. 6 4, , /2 0 6,00, ,6, ,20 8, 0 / , , , , , , , , , rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 4 PH-.

48 STEEL PIPE LMPS ig. 29 ouble olt lamp Range: " through 6" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of pipe requiring insulation within the limitation of temperature and loads shown below. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). Installation: ttachment to the clamp may be made with a welded eye rod ig. 28, page 9 or the weldless eye nut ig. 290, see page 9. eatures: s 6" and above accommodate up to 4" thick insulation. igure 4S will accommodate larger insulation thicknesses, loads and dimensions. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Max Span t. G IG. 29: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load or Service Temp. Weight L E H Rod Take Out E Note: This picture is representative of a typical igure 29. istance between clamp ears beneath pipe may or may not be equal to upper gap. G Width * * /4 2 0* 2.6 2,4, * * * 6. 2,00 2, * *. 4 2,86 2, 9 8 /2 8 9* * 9.8 6,240 2, /2 2 2" ,00, ,490 4, ,00 4, , , , , , lamps may be furnished with square ends. Span represents the maximum recommended distance between hangers on a continuous and straight run of horizontal standard weight steel pipe filled with water. In all cases, verify that chosen location of hangers does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown above. *Indicates that span represents the maximum span for water filled pipe as given in Table of page 22. or vapor service, the presence of fittings or insulation, and other weights and types of pipe, spans may either increase or decrease. In all cases, verify that chosen location of hanger does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown. H 48 PH-.

49 STEEL PIPE LMPS ig. 29 Range: " through 24" Material: hrome molybdenum steel (STM 8 Grade 22). Service: Recommended for suspension of high temperature pipe requiring insulation. Maximum Temperature:,00 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). eatures: s 6" and above accommodate up to 4" thick insulation. igure 4S will accommodate larger insulation thicknesses, loads and dimensions. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and name. Note: Galvanizing is not recommended for alloy products. lloy ouble olt lamp Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers E Steel lamps G L H Note: This picture is representative of a typical igure 29. istance between clamp ears beneath pipe may or may not be equal to upper gap. Socket lamps eam lamps Structural ttachments IG. 29: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load or Service Temp Weight 60 0,000, Rod Take Out E G Width ,4,40, / ,00 2,290,62, ,86 2,620,860, / ,240 2,90 2,00, ,00,9 2,9 2, ,490 4,99,0 2, ,00 4,09 2,90 2, ased on the allowable stresses shown in the SME ode for Pressure Piping. H rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 49 PH-.

50 STEEL PIPE LMPS ig 29H Heavy uty ouble olt lamp Range: 6" through 6" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of pipe requiring insulation within the limitation of temperature and loads shown below. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). eatures: ccommodates up to 4" thick insulation. igure 4S will accommodate larger insulation thicknesses, loads and dimensions. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. E G L H Note: This picture is representative of a typical igure 29H. istance between clamp ears beneath pipe may or may not be equal to upper gap. IG 29H: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load or Service Temp Weight 60 0 Rod Take Out E G Width 6,00, /2 8 4,800 4, ,00 4, /2 2,000 6, ,00 8, ,000 8, /2 8,800 2, ,00, ,00 4, , , , , , lamps may be furnished with square ends. H 0 PH-.

51 STEEL PIPE LMPS ig. 224 Range: 4" through 6" Material: hrome molybdenum steel except U-bolt which is stainless steel. Service: Recommended for suspension of high temperature pipe requiring up to 4" of insulation. Maximum Temperature:,00 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H--E (Type 2), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 2). Installation: Normally used with welded eye rod ig. 28, see page 9, or weldless eye nut ig. 290, see page 9. eatures: esigned for the support of loads at temperatures up to,00. esigned to satisfy most critical engineering specifications. Yoke has rugged cross sectional area, eliminating high stress conditions. When used on pipe with 4" of insulation the top bolt is outside of the insulation. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and name. lloy Steel lamp Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes eam lamps H E K L IG. 224: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Rod Weight Take Out 0 90,000,00 E H K 4,80,00 2,0, ,060,290 4,440, ,060,90 6,640 4, ,0 0,980 9,0 6, oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts ased on the allowable stresses shown in the SME ode for Pressure Piping. Over tightening of nuts may overstress U-bolts reducing the load rating. Installation tag attached to clamp gives proper nut tightening. PH-.

52 STEEL PIPE LMPS ig. 246 Heavy uty lloy Steel lamp Range: 0" through 24" Material: hrome molybdenum steel except U-bolt which is stainless steel. Service: Recommended for suspension of high temperature pipe requiring up to 6" of insulation. Maximum Temperature:,0 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2), WW-H--E (Type 2), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 2). Installation: Normally used with welded eye rod ig. 28, page 9 or weldless eye nut ig. 290, page 9. eatures: esigned for the support of heavy loads at high temperatures. lamp with filler plate will snugly hold pipe of non-standard size. lloy load distribution strap provided. When used on pipe with 6" of covering, the top bolt is outside of the insulation. Ordering: Specify nominal pipe size and exact O.. of pipe, figure number, name. Special alloy filler plates will be provided, at an extra charge, when the O.. of the pipe size is other than standard. Installation instructions are attached to the clamp when the filler plates are required. M H E K L " IG. 246: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Used on O.. Max Load Rod Weight* Take pipe size 90,000,00,0 Out E H K M ,00,80,80 6, ,00 4,90 9,940, ,000 8,40 2,20 9, ,000 22,280 4,80, ased on the allowable stresses shown in the SME ode for Pressure Piping. Over tightening of nuts may overstress U-bolts reducing the load rating. Installation tag attached to clamp gives proper nut tightening. * This weight does not include filler plates required on non-standard pipe sizes 2 PH-.

53 SOKET LMPS ig. 9 Range: 4" through 24" Material: Two carbon steel half bands and four bolts and nuts. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: lamps ductile or cast iron mechanical joint piping or mechanical joint or socket joint fittings together to prevent separation or distortion of pipe line under excessive water pressure. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 8). omplies with the requirements of the National ire Protection ssociation Standard NP-24 for Outside Protection. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. ig. 94 Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron Socket lamp Washer Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Two cast iron or steel washers, ig. 94, are used with each ig. 9 socket clamp and these must be ordered separately. Ordering: Specify washer size, figure number, name and finish. Steel lamps E IG. 94 WSHER ORER SEPRTELY Socket lamps L eam lamps Plug Strap for ell End of Structural ttachments T IG. 94 WSHER ORER SEPRTELY rackets nchor eiling Plates & langes.i./.i. Max Test Pressure (PSI) IG. 9, IG. 94: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) orce* On lamp ig. 9 lamp Weight ig. 94 Washer O.. Width olt ia. E T ig. 94 Washer Rod ia. 4 4, , , , , , , , , , *Refers to Hydrostatic Test oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

54 SOKET LMPS ig. 600 Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron Range: " through 24" pipe Material: Two carbon steel halfbands and two bolts and nuts. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: lamps joints of socket fittings together to prevent distortion of pipe line under excessive water pressure. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 8). eatures: n economical method of anchoring joints of socket fittings when used on other than fire protection work. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. ig. 99 Socket lamp Washer Two cast iron or steel washers, ig. 99, are used with each ig. 600 socket clamp and these must be ordered separately. Ordering: Specify washer size, figure number, name and finish. E L IG. 99 WSHER ORER SEPRTELY T.I./.I. ig. 600: lamp Weight IG. 600, IG. 99: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ig. 99: Washer O.. Width olt ia. E T ig. 99: Washer Rod ia PH-.

55 EM LMPS ig. 86: -lamp with Set Screw and Lock Nut ig. 88: -lamp with Set Screw Only -lamp Pictorial Table of ontents Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron clamp; hardened steel cup point set screw. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to W and M beams where thickness of flange Z (see table page 24) does not exceed 0.". When clamp is used with ig. 89 retaining clip, flange thickness may not exceed 0.62". pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2), WW-H--E (Type 2), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 2). UL, UL Listed (s ", " and ") and M pproved (s "). Installation: ollow recommended set screw torque values per MSS-SP-69 (See table on page 2). The ig. 88 is only to be used on installations where the clamp cannot become dislodged from the beam. eatures: Malleable body assures: ) Uniform quality and strength. 2) ull thread engagement. Hardened steel cup point set screw for securing to beam flange. Ribbed design of clamp provides added strength. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, length of retaining clip, if desired. (dd 2" to flange width of beam to arrive at proper length of retaining clip.) If required length is not standard, order next longer standard. ig. 86 General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps 8" H E H E eam lamps Z 4" ig. 89 Z 8" 4" Structural ttachments rackets ig. 89X eiling Plates & langes IG. 86 N IG. 88: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) TORQUE (IN-LS) Rod Torque Value Max Load E H Weight ig. 86 ig Maximum temperature of 40. ig. 86 ig. 88 oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

56 EM LMPS ig. 9 -lamp with Locknut Range: " and " Material: arbon Steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: esigned for fastening flange of W and M beam. ottom hole tapped to accommodate hanger rod. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H--E (Type 2), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 2). UL Listed (s "). M pproved (s " - "). Installation: ollow recommended set screw torque values per MSS-SP-69 (See table on page 2). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. Note: If a retaining clip is desired, you may specify either ig. 89X or ig. 89. or length and other ordering information, refer to ig. 89X and ig. 89. Set Screw IG. 9: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) TORQUE (IN-LS) Rod Set Screw Torque Value Max Load Rod d Retaining lips Weight ig. 89 ig. 89X PH-.

57 EM LMPS ig. 89 Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or use with igs. 86, 88 & 9. NOT for seismic applications. How to size: Specify length of retaining strap based on beam size. Installation: Length of strap should be adequate to allow at least " of strap to be bent over the beam side of the flange opposite the side the beam clamp is mounted on. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, length of retaining clip and finish (dd 2" to flange width of beam to arrive at proper length of retaining clip). If required length is not standard, order next longer standard. Retaining lip Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers ig. 89X IG. 89: RETINING LIP: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod ig. 89 L " Weights Length L 4, 8, 0, 4 Retaining lip Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps eam lamps Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Galvanized Service: or use with igs. 86, 88, 92, 9, 94 & 9 in seismic applications. pprovals: omplies with MSS-SP-2. UL and UL Listed. How to size: Specify length of retaining strap based on beam size. Installation: Length of strap should be adequate to allow at least " of strap to be bent over the beam side of the flange opposite the side the beam clamp is mounted on. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, length of retaining clip and finish (dd 2" to flange width of beam to arrive at proper length of retaining clip). If required length is not standard, order next longer standard. L " T Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments W Hanger Rods Rod IG. 89X: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Width W T Weight Length L Rod ttachments , 8, 0, 4 olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

58 EM LMPS ig. 92 Universal -type lamp (Standard Throat) Range: " and " Material: uctile iron, hardened steel cup point set screw and locknut. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for use under roof installations with bar joist type construction, or for attachment to the top or bottom flange of structural shapes where the vertical hanger rod is required to be offset from the edge of the flange and where the thickness of joist or flange does not exceed ". pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 9 & 2) WW-H--E (Type 2), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 9 & 2). UL, UL Listed and M pproved. How to size: of clamp is determined by size of rod to be used. Installation: ollow recommended set screw torque values per MSS-SP-69 (See table on page 2) eatures: They may be attached to horizontal flanges of structural members in either the top beam or bottom beam positions. Secured in place by a cup-pointed Set Screw tightened against the flange. Jam Nut is provided for tightening the Set Screw against the ody asting. Thru tapping of the body casting permits extended adjustment of the threaded rod. an be used with ig 89X retaining clip for seismic applications. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name of clamp and finish. G H E T LEST ONE ULL THRE O RO MUST E EXPOSE " OY STING JM - NUT SET SREW " Rod IG. 92: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) TORQUE (IN-LS) Set Screw Torque Value Max Loads Top ottom Weight E G H Maximum temperature of 40 8 PH-.

59 EM LMPS ig. 9 Range: " and " Material: uctile iron clamp, hardened steel cup point set screw and locknut. inish: Plain and Galvanized Service: Recommended for use under roof installations with bar joist type constructions, or for attachment to the top or bottom flange of structural shapes where the vertical hanger rod is required to be offset from the edge of the flange and where the thickness of joist or flange does not exceed ". pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 9 & 2), WW-H--E (Type 2), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 9 & 2). UL, UL Listed and M pproved. How to size: of clamp is determined by size of rod to be used. Installation: ollow recommended set screw torque values per MSS-SP-69 (See tables on page 2). eatures: They may be attached to horizontal flanges of structural members in either the top beam or bottom beam positions. Secured in place by a cup-pointed Set Screw tightened against the flange. Jam Nut is provided for tightening the Set Screw against the ody asting. Thru tapping of the body casting permits extended adjustment of the threaded rod. Wider throat for attaching to flange with up to " thickness. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name of clamp and finish. Universal -type lamp (Wide Throat) Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps G H E T LEST ONE ULL THRE O RO MUST E EXPOSE eam lamps Structural ttachments " OY STING rackets JM - NUT eiling Plates & langes SET - SREW " oncrete Inserts & ttachments IG. 9: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) TORQUE (IN-LS) Rod Set Screw Torque Value Max Loads Top ottom Maximum temperature of 40 Weight E G H Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 9 PH-.

60 EM LMPS ig. 94 Wide Throat Top eam -lamp Range: " and " Material: uctile iron body, hardened steel cup point set screw and locknut. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for use under roof installations with bar joist type construction, or for attachment to the top flange of structural shapes where the vertical hanger rod is required to be offset from the edge of the flange and where the thickness of joists or flange does not exceed 6". pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 9) WW-H--E (Type 9), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 9), UL Listed. How to size: of clamp is determined by size of rod to be used. Installation: ollow maximum recommended set screw torque values per MSS-SP-69. (See tables on page 2) eatures: Provides clamping to bar joists which are directly under roof installations. Provides for vertical hanger rod installed offset from the edge of the beam flange. Malleable iron body assures full thread engagement of rod. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name of clamp and finish. /6 /8 E IG. 94: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) TORQUE (IN-LS) Rod Set Screw Torque Value Max Loads Weight E Maximum temperature of 40 /8 60, /8 60, PH-.

61 EM LMPS ig. 22 Material: arbon steel jaw, hook rod with nut, lock washer and plain washer. inish: Plain Service: Recommended for use on top flange of beam and roof trusses where the flange thickness does not exceed 0.8". pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 2). UL Listed (rod sizes " & ") and M pproved when used with " rod size. How to size: etermine hook rod length by adding figure in column headed x to flange width (see table on page 24 for flange width). x is not indicated as a dimension on drawing. Installation: Slide stamped steel jaw over beam flange and attach hook rod and eye rod, finally tightening hook rod. Hammer jaw firmly against the underside of the beam to complete installation. eatures: Two jaw sizes fit beam flanges thickness from 0.2" to 0.8". lamp firmly holds to beam providing safe and extremely economical means of supporting small piping from the top flange of steel beams and roof trusses. Ordering: Specify jaw size, figure number, name, hook rod length. Standard hook rods are furnished in even inch lengths, either length ordered or next longer length. Top eam lamp Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps Structural ttachments rackets eam lamps eiling Plates & langes IG. 22: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Jaw Max Load Weight Hook Rod iam Rod X oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments ased on 8" hook rod length. Will vary for other hook rod lengths. 6 2 olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

62 EM LMPS ig. 4 djustable Side eam lamp Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for supporting pipe from the bottom flange of beams. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H--E (Type 4), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 2). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. IG. 4: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) 2 " 2 Rod Max Load Hole 00 6 djustment eam Width Min. Max. Weight , ig. 2 Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain Service: To be used where it is necessary for the hanger rod to run vertically close to the beams edge, eliminating drilling of holes in structural members. omponents: Top slide, bottom hook, nut and bolt assembled. esign: an be adjusted to fit various beam flange widths and thicknesses. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 2). Ordering: Specify size, figure number, type, name. djustable Side eam lamp IG. 2: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max lange Width ig. 2 - Type - 4 Max lange Thickness Rod Max Load Weight ig. 2 - Type ig. 2 - Type PH-.

63 EM LMPS ig. ig. 4 Standard uty eam lamp Heavy uty eam lamp Pictorial Table of ontents Range: 4" through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: lamp centers the load on beam to prevent distortion pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H--E (Type 2), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 2). ig. UL Listed when used with " and " rod. ig. 4 UL Listed and M pproved when used with " and " rod. omponents: Two half-clamps, pipe spacer and bolt with nut assembled. Ordering: igure number, width of flange, name and finish. Note: Spacer is furnished for use with ig. 290 weldless eye nuts. Spacer may be removed for use with ig 28 eye rods. ig. Standard uty eam lamps General Notes Socket lamps opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Spacer Structural ttachments rackets olt eiling Plates & langes lange Width Max lange Thickness lange ig. Std. uty Weight (lbs) ig. 4 Heavy uty IG., 4: LOS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ig. ig. 4 2 ig. 4 Heavy uty olt Spacer O.. Max Load 6,000 oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 6, PH-.

64 EM LMPS ig. 28 Malleable eam lamp without Extension Piece Material: Malleable iron jaw, steel tie rod, nuts and washer. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to structural steel. Use in conjunction with beams where beam widths are from 2 " minimum to " maximum and flange thickness does not exceed 0.60". pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 0) WW-H--E (Type 0), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 0). UL, UL Listed (s " - 2" pipe size, when used with the ig. extension piece " - " rod sizes). M pproved (s " - 4 pipe size, when used with the ig. extension piece " rod size). Installation: The malleable beam clamp ig. 28 may be used with an eye rod, or ig. extension piece. eatures: unctional design insures proper fit for all beam sizes. Tie rod locks clamp in place when nuts are tightened. Ordering and stocking simplified because of one universal size. esign allows hanger rod to swing from vertical providing flexibility at the beam clamp. Ordering: Specify figure number, name and finish. Note: When used with ig. see page 9 extension piece, an additional inch or more of vertical adjustment is obtained. ig. (not supplied) E Max Rod IG. 28: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight Width of eam lange (in) Rod Take Out - E (in) 2 4 6, olt iam 6 OLT I. ig. (not supplied) Note: see page 2 for load capacity of rod. 64 PH-.

65 EM LMPS ig. 228 Universal orged Steel (US) eam lamp with US (Upper) Nut Right-Hand Thread Pictorial Table of ontents Material: orged steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or suspension of heavy loads from beams with flange widths to " and flange thickness to.0. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 28 without links; Type 29 with links), WW-H--E (Type 0 & ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 28 without links; Type 29 with links). Installation: it jaws over edges of lower beam flange and tighten nuts on tie rod to lock clamp in place. eatures: Upper nut is tapped to any specified size up to the maximum rod size. Quickly, easily, economically installed. Tie rod insures a tight non-slip fit to the beam. lamps are available, tapped to any specified rod size up to the maximum rod size. Ordering: Specify clamp size, figure number, name, rod size and finish. Note: The application of a load to a structural beam by means of a beam clamp produces a transverse stress, perpendicular to the axis of the beam, in the flange to which the load is applied. per load, beam flange width and rod size E Z " ig. 228 (without Links) General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps eam lamps IG. 228: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) lamp No. Max Rod Max Load Weight Z Max Jaw and Nut 2, , , or reference only, order by clamp size. Note: Load capacity based on rod sizes shown. or load capacity of other rod sizes see page 2. or actual Z dimensions see table on page 24. lamp Width of eam lange (in) Rod Take Out - E (in) No Z E " ig. 228 (with Links) Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 6 PH-.

66 EM LMPS ig. 292: Right-Hand Thread Universal orged Steel (US) eam lamp ig. 292L: Left-Hand Thread with Weldless Eye Nut Material: orged steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or suspension of heavy loads from beams with flange widths to " and flange thickness to.0. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 28 without links; Type 29 with links), WW-H--E (Type 28 without links; Type 29 with links), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 28 without links; Type 29 with links). Installation: it jaws over edges of lower beam flange and tighten nuts on tie rod to lock clamp in place. eatures: Weldless eye nut provides for horizontal pipe movement without binding. Weldless eye nut is furnished tapped to any specified rod size up to the maximum rod size. Tie rod assures a tight non-slip fit to the beam. Self locking nut with a nylon insert prevents the nut from working loose. Ordering: Specify clamp size, figure number, name, rod size and finish. Note: The application of a load to a structural beam by means of a beam clamp produces a transverse stress, perpendicular to the axis of the beam, in the flange to which the load is applied. IG. 292, IG. 292L: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Z /8 lamp No. Max Rod Max Load Weight Z Max Jaw and Eye Nut / / 2, , / , / / 4 or reference only, order by clamp size. Note: Load capacity based on rod sizes shown. or load capacity of other rod sizes see page 2. or actual Z dimensions see table on page 24. SEL LOKING NUT Z E ig. 292 (without Links) /8 lamp Width of eam lange (in) Rod Take Out - E (in) No SEL LOKING NUTS (X) E ig. 292 (with Links) 66 PH-.

67 STRUTURL TTHMENTS ig. (Short) ig. L (Long) Structural Welding Lug opper Tubing Hangers Rings Steel lamps Socket lamps levis Hangers Pictorial Table of ontents Range: ig. : " through " ig. L " through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or attachment to structural steel in conjunction with the ig. 299 clevis and with type variable spring hanger or Type onstant Support. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, finish and whether short or long lug is required. Order Separately: ig. 29 pin with cotters or bolt and nut General Notes PV Hangers IEL WEL H IEL WEL R eam lamps Rod * Pin or olt ia. W IG., IG. L: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ig., ig. L ig. (Short) ig. L (Long) R T W Max Load 0,0,0 Rod Take Out - H Weight 0.48 Rod Take Out - H Weight 6 2,60, T 0. Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts,20 2, ,480, ,900 4, ,00, ,800 0, ,600 4, ,600 9, ,00 2, ,800, ,400 8,68. 60,00 4, ,900 6, ,00 66, ,00,9.9 * Note: Rod size is the assembly rod diameter. imension not shown on drawing 6 PH-.

68 STRUTURL TTHMENTS ig. 4 Two Hole Welding eam Lug Range: " through 2 " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or single rod suspension of ig. 8-H, type and constant supports. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, finish and H dimension. H R K I 2-PLES IEL WEL T W/2 W W/2 2W Rod * Max Load IG. 4: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight H imension Rod Take Out - H imension onstant Support rame s , Pin or olt K Hole 2, , , , , , R T W 2W W/ , , Select H dimension applicable to constant support frame size. Weight varies with H dimension. * Note: Rod size is the assembly rod diameter. imension not shown on drawing PH-.

69 STRUTURL TTHMENTS ig: 66 Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to bottom of beams, especially where loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 22), WW-H--E (Type 22), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 22). Installation: If flexibility at the beam is desired, use with bolt and eye rod ig. 28, page 9, or with weldless eye nut ig. 290, page 9. If vertical adjustment is desired, use with threaded rod and nut and weld the attachment in an inverted position to the beam. eatures: Will accommodate very heavy loads and rod sizes through ". an be installed so as to provide for either flexibility or for vertical adjustment. Versatility affords economical stocking and erection. eam size need not be considered. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. s " and smaller are typically supplied with a bolt and nut. s /4" and larger are typically supplied with a pin and cotters. Welded eam ttachment Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers IEL WEL IEL WEL E' E IEL WEL Steel lamps Socket lamps S T 2" Rod ia. and Larger are abricated. H /2 /4" Rod ia. and Smaller are ormed using olt or Pin and Eye Rod. R S /4" Rod ia. and Smaller Only. T Using Hanger Rod with ttachment in Inverted Position. eam lamps Structural ttachments Rod Pin or olt IG: 66: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight Rod Take Out 60 0 Without olt and Nut With olt and Nut E E H R S T x x 2,0,0. 6 x 2 2,60, x 4,20 2, x 4 4,480, x,900 4, x 9,00, x 6,800 0, x 6 8,600 4, x 6 24,600 9, x 2,00 2, x 9,800, x 49,400 8, x 60,00 4, x,900 6, x 84,00 66, rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 69 PH-.

70 STRUTURL TTHMENTS ig. 60 Steel Washer Plate Range: " to Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: heavy duty washer plate used on top of channels or angles for supporting pipe with rods or U-bolts. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. Rod IG. 60: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight Max Load 60 0 x x of Stock Hole ia. H x x 0.6,0, ,60,692 x x.6,20 2,0 4 x 4 x 2.2 4,480,08 4 x 4 x 2.,900 4,620. 9,00,440 x x 4.8,800 0, ,600 4,66 x x 2 H (Hole ia.) ,600 9, ,00 2, ,800, ,400 8,68 6 x 6 x.9 60,00 4,066.6,900 6, ,00 66, x x.8 98,00,9 4 0 PH-.

71 STRUTURL TTHMENTS ig. 2 ig. Range: " and " Material: Malleable iron bracket and pipe end; hex cap screw and nut. inish: Plain Service: or bracing piping against sway and seismic movement. Installation: Normally two fittings are used; a ig. 2 complete attached to one end of an IPS nipple and a ig. pipe end only attached to the other end. The brace fitting completely connects to the building structure while the pipe end only connects to the pipe attachment. Use with ig. 22 P pipe clamp see page 46. eatures: Two piece pivoted assembly accommodates any angle to structure. Sight hole in pipe end provides easy means of verifying proper thread engagement. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, name. race itting omplete End Only Pictorial Table of ontents Socket lamps General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps R T W eam lamps E HOLE SIZE - H Structural ttachments rackets SIGHT HOLE eiling Plates & langes PIPE EN ONLY IG. oncrete Inserts & ttachments Max Load IG. 2, IG. : LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight Hole ia. E R T W ig. 2 ig. H , ased on MSS-SP 2 at 40 and maximum nipple length of 6 feet. 9 6 Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 6 PH-.

72 RKETS ig. 202 Iron Side eam racket Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to steel or wooden beams, etc. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 4). UL, UL Listed and M pproved (s " for use on wooden and steel beams and " for use on steel beams). eatures: n economical, practical and adjustable means of securing hangers to beams, etc. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. T H E G H IG. 202: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load With Lag Screw With olt to Steel Weight E Hole ia. H G T , , Maximum temperature of PH-.

73 RKETS ig. 206 Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: lip can be fastened to side of joist or wall to support hanger rod. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4), WW-H--E (Type ) and NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 4). UL Listed and M pproved (steel beam only). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. Steel Side eam racket Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers T L H IG. 206: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod With Lag Screw Max Load With olt to Steel Weight (lbs). L Hole H T PV Hangers Rings L , , /8 levis Hangers Steel lamps ig. 20 Threaded Steel Side eam racket Socket lamps Range: " and " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to steel or wooden beams, etc. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4), WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 4). UL Listed (s " and "). M pproved ( " for use on steel beam only) eatures: Threaded mounting bracket provides an economical, practical and adjustable means of securing hangers to beams. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. " OLT HOLE eam lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes 2 6 " OLT HOLE " OLT HOLE " TH. RO " OLT HOLE " TH. RO 6 ig. 20 /8" ig. 20 /2" IG. 20: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod olt Max Load With Lag With olt Screw to Steel Weight , oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

74 RKETS ig. 89 Straight Eye Socket : " Material: Galvanized steel Service: ttachment to structure to connect threaded hanger rod. pprovals: UL and UL Listed, and M pproved. Installation: Thread rod completely into hanger. Secure rod by tightening jam nut against bottom of hanger. Secure hanger to structural member with recommended fasteners. eatures: Pre-formed threads for easy rod assembly. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number and name. escription s Rod Max. Load Straight Eye Socket Hanger " - 4" /8-6 UN 20 lbs. STENERS escription Quantity #4 x 2" Wood Screw 2 * " - 2" " x " Lag Screw * " - 4" /8-6 UN Jam Nut " - 4" * Lag screw not required for /4" - 2" pipe sizes using the alternate option of (2) wood screws. IG. 89: IMENSIONS (IN) Notes:. or fire protection installation follow the requirements of National ire Protection ssociation, NP- and local codes. 2. To assure proper performance, installer is responsible for: a. Structural integrity of attachment member to safely handle load requirements. b. Securely tightening jam nut on the hanger rod. 4 PH-.

75 RKETS ig. 90 : " Material: Galvanized steel Service: ttachment to structure to connect threaded hanger rod. pprovals: UL and UL Listed, and M pproved. Installation: Thread rod completely into hanger. Secure rod by tightening jam nut against bottom of hanger. Secure hanger to structural member with recommended fasteners. eatures: Pre-formed threads for easy rod assembly. Off-set angle provides unlimited vertical adjustment. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number and name. escription s Rod Max. Load Off-Set Eye Socket Hanger " - 4" /8-6 UN 20 lbs. STENERS escription Quantity #4 x 2" Wood Screw 2 * " - 2" " x " Lag Screw * " - 4" /8-6 UN Jam Nut " - 4" * Lag screw not required for /4" - 2" pipe sizes using the alternate option of (2) wood screws. Off-Set Eye Socket opper Tubing Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps oncrete Inserts & ttachments eiling Plates & langes Pictorial Table of ontents rackets Structural ttachments General Notes Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PV Hangers eam lamps IG. 90: IMENSIONS (IN).8.0 Notes:. or fire protection installation follow the requirements of National ire Protection ssociation, NP- and local codes. 2. To assure proper performance, installer is responsible for: a. Structural integrity of attachment member to safely handle load requirements. b. Securely tightening jam nut on the hanger rod. PH-.

76 RKETS ig. 94 Light Welded Steel racket Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for support from below or above bracket. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), WW-H--E (Type 2), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). M pproved when used with " rod, " - 4" pipe sizes & " rod, " - 8" pipe sizes. How to size: etermine bracket size by dimension of standard bracket most suitable to the installation. Installation: When bolted to a wall, an additional back plate may be required of such thickness and size as to properly distribute the weight over the wall. and thickness of the back plate is governed by the load to be carried and the nature and conditions of the wall. ack plates furnished upon request. eatures: racket may be installed either in position illustrated or reversed. Ends of bracket are drilled to accept hanger rods up to ". Ordering: Specify bracket number, figure number, name and finish. Order separately: Hanger rods, 2 bolts and plate washers are available through our Regional Service enters, order as a igure 9. W " 6 Max 4" W dditional Rod ttachments vailable. Requires: 2 bolts, 2 plate washers (not included) " 6 2" IG. 94: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) racket no. Max Load Weight W PH-.

77 RKETS ig. 9 Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for the support of loads from below or above bracket. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2), WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 2). How to size: etermine size by dimensions most suitable to the installation (see dimensions of standard brackets below). Special welded steel brackets can be furnished on order. Installation: When bolted to a wall, an additional back plate may be required of such thickness and size as to properly distribute the weight over the wall. and thickness of the back plate is governed by the load to be carried and the nature and conditions of the wall. ack plates furnished upon request. eatures: If supporting pipe by rod, rod can be installed anywhere along the length of the bracket thus providing horizontal adjustment. Ordering: Specify bracket number, figure number, name and finish. Orders for special brackets are to be accompanied by detailed sketch. Order Separately: Rod, ig. 60, bolts, nuts, and back plates for fastening brackets to wall. Specify size and length of rod, bolts size, thickness, and drilling of back plates. Medium Welded Steel racket Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps 2 " " " W ig. 60 G Socket lamps rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Structural ttachments H eam lamps " GP IG. 9: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) racket no. Max Load Weight W G H Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts , " PH-.

78 RKETS ig. 99 Heavy Welded Steel racket Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for the support of loads from above or below bracket. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H--E (Type 4), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). How to size: etermine size by dimensions most suitable to the installation (see dimensions of standard brackets below). Special welded steel brackets can be furnished on order. Installation: When bolted to a wall, an additional back plate may be required of such thickness and size as to properly distribute the weight over the wall. and thickness of the back plate is governed by the load to be carried and the nature and conditions of the wall. ack plates furnished upon request. eatures: If supporting pipe by rod, rod can be installed at any point along the length of the bracket thus providing horizontal adjustment. Ordering: Specify bracket number, figure number, name. Orders for special brackets are to be accompanied by detailed sketch. Order Separately: Rod, ig. 60, bolts, nuts, and back plates for fastening brackets to wall. Specify size and length of rod, bolts size, thickness, and drilling of back plates. E " W ig. 60 G H K G H " GP " GP HOLE I (L) IG. 99: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) racket no. Max Load Weight W E G H K L HOLE I (L) racket Number 0 racket Number , PH-.

79 EILING PLTES N LNGES ig. 2 Range: " and " Material: Plastic Service: Recommended for giving a finished appearance where rod enters ceiling. Installation: Slide plate up rod until flush against ceiling. eatures: Highly economical Quickly installed Held firmly to rod by design and friction Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name. (rod not included) Plastic eiling Plate Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers IG. 2: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Weight Outside ia. epth ig ast Iron eiling Plate Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps Range: " through 8" Material: ast iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Gives finished appearance where pipe enters ceiling. Installation: s " to 4" furnished with one machine screw; sizes " to 8", two machine screws. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. IG. 9: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) eam lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes L L SIZES THRU 4 SIZES THRU 8 L Weight - ia. L oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 9 PH-.

80 EILING PLTES N LNGES ig. 28R Rod Threaded, eiling lange Range: " and " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to wood beams or ceiling. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. 2 " 6" " 6" " IG. 28R: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load Weight Screws (not included) Quantity No PH-.

81 EILING PLTES N LNGES ig. Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain Service: Recommended for suspension of pipe lines or conduit from level ceilings. pprovals: UL, UL Listed and M pproved (s " and "). Installation: lange size " has two holes, sizes ", ", and " have three holes. eatures: Provides vertical adjustment up to ". Good appearance. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number and name. Hanger lange Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes rackets opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers levis Hangers Rings 8" 2", 8", 4" H ( PLES) Steel lamps Socket lamps H (2 PLES) eam lamps Structural ttachments E eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Rod Max Load IG. : LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight Screw H (not included) #8 x 2, x 2 4 E 6 Screw ircle ia ,220. x Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts, x PH-.

82 ONRETE INSERTS & TTHMENTS ig. 2 Screw oncrete Insert Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain Service: Upper attachment for suspending pipe from a concrete ceiling where no lateral adjustment is required. pprovals: UL, UL Listed and M pproved. eatures: Eliminates the necessity of drilling holes in wooden forms. Reduced overall height and four slots for nail attachment gives stability to the insert while the concrete is being poured. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number and name. E' E Rod IG. 2: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight E E 0 0., , , ased on insert only. Rating is subject to the condition that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the insert. 82 PH-.

83 ONRETE INSERTS & TTHMENTS ig. 282 Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron body and nut inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Upper attachment for suspending pipe, shafting, motors and similar equipment from a concrete ceiling; especially suitable where rod sizes cannot be readily determined in advance. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8), WW-H--E (Type 8), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 8). UL, UL Listed and M pproved. Installation:. Nail insert to wooden forms. 2. Where convenient, reinforcing rods may be placed in the opening through the top of the insert, or short lengths of reinforcing rod may be wired to the insert prior to pouring concrete. However, the specified load ratings and approvals are not dependent on the use of any reinforcing rods in contact with the insert.. fter concrete is poured and wooden forms are removed, place nut in insert and screw rod through nut until rod is firmly against the top of the insert body. The rod should not be forced against the top of the recess thereby placing unnecessary stress at the opening of the insert by the nut. eatures: ast body prevents concrete seepage. Opening in top of insert provides for use of reinforcing rods up to " diameter. Sides of insert are recessed for reinforcing rods up to " diameter. Low height, broad flat bottom and widely separated nail slots minimize displacement during construction. The nut, held in place by V-type teeth on both insert and nut, can be raised and moved from side to side providing for lateral adjustment. Rod is locked in place by screwing it firmly against the top of the recess. One body size. Ordering: Specify figure number, name, finish and size of nut. Universal oncrete Insert Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps eam lamps Structural ttachments rackets IG. 282: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod djustment Max Load Weight 0 Insert,0 omplete 6,40. With Nut,40,40 Insert Only. Nut Only 0.2 ased on insert and nut only. Rating is subject to the condition that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the insert. eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 8 PH-.

84 ONRETE INSERTS & TTHMENTS ig. 28 Wedge Type oncrete Insert Range: " through " Material: arbon steel body; malleable iron nut inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Upper attachment for suspending pipe or conduit from concrete ceiling. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8), WW-H--E (Type 9), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 8). UL, UL Listed and M pproved (s " - "). Installation:. Nail insert to wooden forms. 2. Where convenient, reinforcing rods may be placed in the opening through the top of the insert, or short lengths of reinforcing rod may be wired to the insert prior to pouring concrete. However, note that the specified load ratings and approvals are not dependent on the use of any reinforcing rods in contact with the insert.. fter concrete is poured and forms removed, insert screw driver into slot in knockout plate and snap it out. 4. The nut may be put on the rod before inserting in the insert body. Then, turn rod so that elongated nut lies across the slot; screw rod through nut until rod is firmly against the top of the recess. eatures: Nut may be put on hanger rod before insertion, avoiding need of locating nut in insert body prior to inserting rod. Insert nut, when located in position, wedges against the sloping sides of insert, providing greater support than if resting on lower edge of the insert body. Wedge-shaped body is so held by concrete in compression thus increasing load carrying capacity. Easily removed knockout plate. Rod can be adjusted along complete length of slot. One body for six sizes of rod. Ordering: Specify figure number, name and size of nut. IG. 28: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) TWO /6" I. HOLES EH EN /2" /8" /4" adj.* /4" 4 /8" /4" 2 /2" 2 /6" 2" Insert omplete With Nut Rod Max Weight Load , , Insert Only 0.69 Nut Only ased on insert and nut only. Rating is subject to the condition that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the insert. 84 PH-.

85 ONRETE INSERTS & TTHMENTS ig. 28 Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Upper attachment for suspending pipe or conduit from concrete ceiling. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8), WW-H--E (Type 8), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 9). UL, UL Listed (s " - ") and M pproved (s " and "). Installation:. Nail insert to wooden forms. 2. Reinforcing rods may be located under the arched flanges at the top of the insert. However, note that the specified load ratings and approvals are not dependent on the use of any reinforcing rods in contact with the insert.. fter concrete is poured and wooden forms are removed, remove knockout by tapping along edge with pointed instrument. 4. Slip nut into insert and screw rod through nut until rod is firmly against the top of the insert body. eatures: Suitable for use in concrete 2" thick due to low overall height. Highly competitive. Provides for 2" of lateral adjustment. Knockout prevents seepage of concrete from underneath the insert up into the insert body. One body size. Removable nut in four sizes. Rod can be rigidly locked in position. Ordering: Specify figure number, name, finish and size of nut. Light Weight oncrete Insert rackets Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps eam lamps Structural ttachments TWO /2" I. HOLES EH EN /4" " /4" 2 /2" /4" IG. 28: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Insert omplete With Nut Rod Max Load Weight eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods 2" J. 4 /4" Insert Only 0.4 Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts Nut Only 0.0 ased on insert and nut only. Rating is subject to the condition that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the insert. 8 PH-.

86 ONRETE INSERTS & TTHMENTS ig. 286 (ormerly ig. 28) Iron ross Range: " through " Material: Stainless steel body, fiberglass bars, polypropylene disc Service: Upper attachment for suspending pipe or equipment from concrete ceiling. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) WW-H--E (Type 8), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 8). Installation:. Nail insert to wooden forms. 2. Locate fiberglass bars to rest upon existing reinforcing rods or wire the insert directly into existing reinforced rods to achieve the specified load ratings. eatures: Stainless steel body prevents corrosion. one shaped body. Exceptional pullout strength. Eliminates uncertainty of tying conventional inserts into bridge deck rebars. Ordering: Specify figure number, name and rod size. IERGLSS ROS 2" LONG 6 SS ROS VILLE UPON REQUEST IG. 286: THREE HOLE OR HNGER RO 4 Rod Max Load (lbs),20 4,480 NIL MOUNTING HOLES (4) IS,900 9,00,800 ased on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the insert. 86 PH-.

87 ONRETE INSERTS & TTHMENTS ig. 284 Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain Service: Recommended for suspending pipe or conduit in metal concrete deck forms for a variety of rod sizes. May be used with a rod coupling such as the ig. or 6 to allow for extended rod lengths. eatures: L and H can be specified for a custom fit if your particular deck does not accommodate type,, or. Standard 6" long UN bolt is welded to bracket to ensure assembly remains intact during shipment. Ordering: Specify igure 284, design type (,, ) and bolt diameter. If your specific deck will not fit one of the design types and/or a different bolt size is required, specify leg height (H), opening (L) and bolt size. Metal eck Hanger eam lamps Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Socket lamps Steel lamps efore pouring concrete, locate the igure 284 on deck so legs rest in "valleys" of form. rill hole in deck for bolt. H L W IG. 284: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Type olt Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts Max Load L H W Weight 0., ,60.64, , ,60 2.4, , ,60.4,20.69 ased on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the deck hanger. 8 PH-.

88 ONRETE INSERTS & TTHMENTS ig. 4 oncrete Single Lug Plate Range: " through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Structural attachment to concrete ceiling lug is used in conjunction with ig. 299 (see page 98) forged steel clevis and anchors of sufficient strength to hold the desired load. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. H R U (pin dia.) G J J E T ia. (4 Places) Rod IG. 4: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight J E G H R T U,0. 4 2, , , , , , , , ased on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete and anchors used are of sufficient strength to hold the load PH-.

89 ONRETE INSERTS & TTHMENTS ig. 49 Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Structural attachment to concrete ceiling where flexibility is desired. oncrete clevis plate is normally used in conjunction with ig. 290, page 9, weldless eye nut, or ig. 28, page 9 welded eye rod and anchors of sufficient strength to hold the desired load. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. Note: s " through " are supplied with bolt and nut. Larger sizes are supplied with pin and cotters. H G oncrete levis Plate Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers R W U (Pin or olt ) S T Steel lamps Socket lamps J eam lamps J Structural ttachments rackets Rod (4 PLES) IG. 49: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight J G H R S T U W , ,60. 0, , , , , , ased on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete and anchors used are of sufficient strength to hold the load. eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts PH-.

90 ONRETE INSERTS & TTHMENTS ig. 2 oncrete Rod ttachment Plate Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Structural attachment to concrete ceiling where vertical adjustment is desired. Normally used with threaded rod and nut and anchors of sufficient strength to hold the desired load. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. G H E J J (4 PLES) Rod IG. 2: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight J E H G 0.6 2, , , , , , ased on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete and anchors used are of sufficient strength to hold the load. 90 PH-.

91 HNGER ROS ig. 42 Range: " and " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and rod length. L oach Screw Rods Machine Threaded on Opposite End Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers IG. 42: STNR THRE LENGTHS (IN) LOS (LS) Rings Rod Standard Length - L oach Screw Thread Length Standard Rod Thread Length Max Load levis Hangers / Steel lamps Socket lamps ig. 46 Range: " through " Stocked in six, ten, and twelve foot lengths. Other even foot lengths can be furnished to order. Material: arbon steel or Stainless Steel Gr 04 Threads: National oarse (USS), rod threaded complete length. inish: Plain or Galvanized. Maximum Temperature: 60. Ordering: Specify rod diameter and length, figure number, name and finish. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. Length ontinuous Threaded Rod IG. 46: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Threads per Inch Max Load 60 Weight per t ,0 0. 2, , , , , ,800.0 Note: Other rod sizes available upon request. lass 2 fit is available upon request. eam lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 9 PH-.

92 HNGER ROS ig. 40: Right-hand Threads ig. 2: Right and Left hand Threads Machine Threaded Rods Threaded oth Ends Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, rod length and finish. Specify thread length if other than standard. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. IG. 40, 2: LOS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Threads Max Load per Inch ,0,0 2,60,692 Standard Rod Thread Length * 0,20 2, ,480,08 8,900 4, ,00,440 6,800 0,80 6 8,600 4, ,600 9, ,00 2, ,800,69 0 IG. 40, 2: LOS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) (ONT.) Rod Threads per Inch Max Load Standard Rod Thread Length * ,400 8, ,00 4, ,900 6,0 4 84,00 66, ,00,9 4 4,400 88, UN 29,400 0, 4 4 UN 46,600 4, UN 64,00 28, UN 84,000 44,096 * ig. 40 rod up to " rod size and 24" in length may be furnished as ig 46 rod unless order states that all thread rod is not acceptable. * /8"- 4" iameter: UN-2 LSS fit. ig. 248: Right Hand Threads ig. 248L: Left Hand Threads Range: " through 2 " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized. Maximum Temperature: 60 eatures: Through ", inside diameter of eye will accommodate a bolt diameter " larger than rod diameter; " and larger, inside diameter of eye will take a bolt diameter " larger than rod diameter. Ordering: Specify rod diameter, figure number, name, rod length and finish. Specify thread length if other than standard. L Rod Eye Rod Not Welded IG. 248, IG. 248L: LOS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Standard Rod Thread Length 2 L (min) Max Load ,00 6,40 4,940 8, ,60 2 6, , , , PH-.

93 HNGER ROS ig. 28: Right Hand Threads ig. 28L: Left Hand Threads Eye Rod Welded Pictorial Table of ontents Range: " through 2 " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized eatures: Through ", inside diameter of eye will accommodate a bolt diameter " larger than rod diameter; " and larger, inside diameter of eye will take a bolt diameter " larger than rod diameter. Maximum Temperature: 0 Ordering: Specify rod diameter, figure number, name, rod length and finish. Specify thread length if other than standard. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. WELE L IG. 28, IG. 28L: LOS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Standard Rod Thread Length - L (min) Max Load ,0,0 4 2,60,692,20 2,0 6 4,480,08 4,900 4, ,00, ,800 0,80 2 8,600 4, ,600 9, ,00 2, ,800,69 General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps ig. 248X: Not Welded ig. 28X: Welded Linked Eye Rods eam lamps Structural ttachments Range: " through 2 " Service: The use of linked eye rods in a hanger assembly allows universal movement of the piping without bending and possible fracture of a straight rod. inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: ig. 248X: 60, ig. 28X: 0 Ordering: Specify the size, length of each eye rod, figure number and finish. Example: " ig. 28X linked welded eye rod consisting of: (L) " ig. 28 welded eye rod ft. 2 in. long, center to end. (L2) " ig. 28 welded eye rod ft. 2 in. long center to end. L L 2 L L 2 WELE ig. 248X ig. 28X IG. 248X, 28X: IMENSIONS (IN) LOS (LS) Rod ig. 248X 60 Max Load ig. 28X ,0,0 0 2,60,692,00,20 2,0,40 4,480,08,940,900 4,620,20 9,00,440 4,60,800 0,80 6,80 8,600 4,66 2 8,280 24,600 9,26 2 0,900 2,00 2,29 2,400 9,800,69 rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 9 PH-.

94 T H HNGER ROS ig. 48 Rod with Eye End Range: 2 " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: large diameter rod with eye end for load ratings thru 84,000 pounds. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, finish and L dimension. Indicate if desired thread length is other than standard. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. W R E L (MIN) Rod 60 Max Load 0 IG. 48: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight* Min Length Weight/t. dditional Length E H L (Min) R T W 2 49,400 8, ,00 4, ,900 6, ,00 66, ,00, ,400 88, ,400 0, ,600 4, ,00 28, ,000 44, PH-.

95 RO TTHMENTS ig. : Straight with Sight-Hole ig. E: Straight Less Sight-Hole ig. R: Reducing Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: ig. : Plain; ig.e and ig.r Galvanized Service: or connecting rods to accommodate up to " diameter and support up to,900 pounds. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number and name. Rod oupling IG, E, R: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load Weight L ig. : Straight With Sight-Hole , , , , , ig. E: Straight Less Sight-Hole Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings, Sight Hole 2, , levis Hangers L 4, , ig. R: Reducing x x Steel lamps Socket lamps x, x 2, x, eam lamps ig. 6: Straight Rod oupling Structural ttachments ig. 6R: Reducing Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or connecting rod lengths within limitation. pprovals: ig. 6: UL, UL Listed ( " - " rod size) and M pproved ( " and " rod size). ig. 6R: UL Listed ( " and " rod size). eatures: vailable in reducing sizes. Provides visual inspection of thread engagement. Uniform strength; L good appearance. Ordering: Specify rod tapping size, figure number and name. urnished with right-hand UN threads only. IG. 6, 6R: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load Weight L Straight: ig , , , , , Reducing: ig. 6R x x rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 9 PH-.

96 RO TTHMENTS ig. 4 Turnbuckle djuster Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain Installation: Normally used with split pipe ring, ig. 08, see page 0. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). Maximum Temperature: 40 eatures: n economical and simple means of obtaining vertical adjustment and flexibility at the pipe connection. Permits adjustment after pipe is in place. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number and name. H E IG. 4: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load Weight E H ig. 0R Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain Service: or attaching hanger rod to various types of building attachments Maximum Temperature: 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 6) WW-H--E (Type 6), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 6). UL Listed (s " - ") and M pproved (s " and "). Installation: Normally used with the split pipe ring ig. 08, see page 0. Ordering: Specify rod tapping size, figure number and name. Socket, Rod Threaded E "" MX IG. 0R: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load Weight E ,000 0., , , PH-.

97 RO TTHMENTS ig. Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: 40 Service: or attaching hanger rod to various types of building attachments. pprovals: UL Listed ( " - " rod size) and M pproved ( " & " rod size). Installation: May be used to form an integral part of malleable iron beam clamps ig. 28, see page 64. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. H E K Extension piece G Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers IG. : LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load Weight Rod Take-Out E G H K Rings , , levis Hangers 2, , Steel lamps ig. 290: Right-Hand Thread ig. 290L: Left-Hand Thread Weldless Eye Nut Socket lamps eam lamps Range: " through 2 " Material: orged steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or use on high temperature piping installations. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). eatures: loads equal to the full limitation of the hanger rod. Provides flexible connection when used with straight thread rod. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. If other than standard combination of eye nut number and rod size, specify eye nut number and special rod tapping size. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. Larger eye nuts featuring smaller rod sizes are commonly available. H (max) IG. 290, 290L: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load Eye Nut Weight E G H 60 0 Number ,0, ,60, ,20 2, ,480,08.0,900 4, ,00,440.60,800 0, ,600 4, ,600 9, ,00 2, ,800, G E Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 9 PH-.

98 RO TTHMENTS ig. 299 orged Steel levis Range: " through 4" Material: orged steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or use on high temperature piping installations. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4), WW-H--E (Type 4), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 4). eatures: vailable with pin and cotter pins, if required. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. If pin and cotter pins are required, specify with pin. If other than standard combination of clevis number and rod size is required, specify clevis number, special rod tapping size, pin size, grip. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. N W P T GRIP T IG. 299: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load Weight Rod Take Pin ia. levis N T W Grip 60 0 Without Pin With Pin Out P No ,0, ,60, ,20 2, ,480, ,900 4, ,00,440.8.,800 0, ,600 4, ,600 9, ,00 2, ,800, ,400 8, ,00 4,066.0.,900 6, ,00 66, ,00, ,400 88, PH-.

99 RO TTHMENTS ig. 20 Range: " through 2 " Material: orged steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Provides adjustment up to 6" for 2" ig. 20 and " for 6" ig. 20. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. 2 RO TKE OUT " Turnbuckle IG. 20: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load 60 0 = 6" Opening Weight =2" Opening ,0, ,60, ,20 2, ,480, ,900 4, ,00, ,800 0, ,600 4, ,600 9, ,00 2, ,800, available upon request Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps ig. 2 Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Services: Provides adjustments up to 2" with loads up thru 84,000 pounds. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), WW-H--E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, finish and opening dimension. = Opening /2 Rod Take Out & Rod dj. L Sight Holes Turnbuckle IG. 2: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod * Max Load Weight/Opening = 6" =2" =8" =24" 9, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , eam lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 99 PH-.

100 OLTS, NUTS, PINS & U-OLTS ig. 29 levis Pin with otters Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: 60 Service: or use with type variable spring hanger, type constant support (ig. 8-H only) and ig. 66 welded beam attachment. Ordering: Specify pin diameter, figure number, name, finish and if cotter pins are required. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. L E W H Pin ia. IG. 29: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight L W E H 60 0 otter Pin ,0, x 2,60, ,20 2, ,480, ,900 4, x 6 x 2 9,00, ,800 0, x 9 x 2 8,600 4, x 2 24,600 9, x 2 2,00 2, x 2 9,800, x 4 49,400 8, ,00 4, ,900 6, ,00 66, ,00, x x 6 00 PH-.

101 OLTS, NUTS, PINS & U-OLTS Range: merican Standard hexagon head bolts with merican Standard hexagon nuts are stocked in sizes " through " UN thread series. Other sizes are available upon request. Lengths of bolts are measured from under head to extreme point. inish: Plain or Electroplated Ordering: Specify bolt size, name and length. Machine olts opper Tubing Hangers levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps Structural ttachments rackets olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts Pictorial Table of ontents eiling Plates & langes Rod ttachments Hanger Rods oncrete Inserts & ttachments Rings PV Hangers General Notes Range: merican Standard hexagon nuts - sizes " thru ". merican Standard heavy hexagon flat nuts - sizes " thru ". inish: Plain or Electroplated Ordering: Specify bolt or rod size and name. HEX NUTS: IMENSIONS (IN) olt /Rod Width Thickness Hexagon Nuts HEVY HEX NUTS: IMENSIONS (IN) olt /Rod Width Thickness eam lamps urnished with 8 UN or 4 UN threads as required. 0 PH-.

102 OLTS, NUTS, PINS & U-OLTS ig. : Standard U-bolt ig. S*: Special U-bolt (non-standard) U-olts Range: " through 6" Material: arbon steel U-bolt and four finished hex nuts inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for support, or guide of heavy loads; often employed in power, process plant and marine service. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 24), WW-H--E (Type 24), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 24). Ordering ig. : Specify pipe size x rod size (e.g., 6 x ), figure number, name. U-bolt will be furnished with longer tangents or with longer threads E if so required and ordered. If hex nuts are not required, specify without hex nuts. Ordering ig. S: Specify figure number, name, material specification, dimensions,,,, and E, and with hex nuts or without hex nuts. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. IG. : LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Normal Load Max Side Load Wt. E ,460, ,00 2, ,20,82, ,460,060, ,960,06 2, ,800 9, Loads, weights and dimensions shown do not apply for ig. S. Max load rating for carbon steel is 2 x max load rating for rod size. Max load rating for stainless steel is 0.8 times the maximum stated load ratings listed above. L *When the combination of a normal load and a side load occurs, a straight line interaction formula may be used to determine if the ig. is still within the allowable stress range: Pn/Pna + Ps/Psa Where: Pn = actual applied normal load; Pna = allowable normal load for the ig. ; Ps = actual applied side load; Psa = allowable side load for the ig. Nuts must be snug tight in installation to achieve side loads shown. E 02 PH-.

103 OLTS, NUTS, PINS & U-OLTS ig. : Plastic oated Range: " through 8" Material: arbon steel U-bolt and four finished hex nuts. ormed portion of the U-bolt is plastic coated. Maximum Temperature: 22 Service: Recommended for support or guide for glass, copper, brass and aluminum pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 24), WW-H--E (Type 24), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 24). Ordering: Specify pipe size x rod size (e.g., 2 x ), figure number and name. If hex nuts are not required, specify without hex nuts. IG. : LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load Weight E , , , L U-olts E PLSTI OTING Pictorial Table of ontents General Notes opper Tubing Hangers PV Hangers Rings levis Hangers Steel lamps Socket lamps ig. 20 Range: " through 0" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for support, or guide of relatively light loads. Normally used with two hex nuts. Maximum Temperature: 60. Ordering: Specify pipe size x rod size, figure number and name. Hex nuts must be ordered separately. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. Light Weight U-olt eam lamps Structural ttachments rackets eiling Plates & langes IG. 20: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight 0.06 Rod E oncrete Inserts & ttachments , , , L E Hanger Rods Rod ttachments olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 0 PH-.

104 STRPS ig. 262 Strap Short Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: 60 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 26), WW-H--E (Type 26), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 26). Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. L IG. 262: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load w/lag Screws w/olts to Steel Weight Screw or olt L E Two #8 x steel wood screws or two " bolts to steel L E Two #8 x steel wood screws or two " bolts to steel 8 2 Screws or bolts not included ig. 26 One-Hole lamp Range: " through 4" Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or support of standard conduit, cable and steel pipe on walls or sides of beams. Not recommended for use horizontally on ceilings, bottoms of beams and similar installations since the factor of safety is greatly reduced when so used. Maximum Temperature: 40 Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Specify nominal size of conduit or pipe or outside diameter of lead cable with which the clamp is to be used. IG. 26: WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) L able or Outside ia. of onduit Weight ia. of Hole - Screw/ olt No Screws or bolts not included 04 PH-.

105 STRPS ig. 24 Strap Straps Range: " through 6" pipe Material: arbon steel inish: Plain Service: Restraint of pipe in specified direction while permitting movement in non-restrained direction. Maximum Temperature: 60 Ordering: Specify figure number, name, and pipe size. Larger sizes available upon request. Trapeze Shields & Saddles IG. 24: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Roll L T W Rated Load Pn Weight P n 6 Guides & Slides , , , , L L IEL WEL T W Spring Hangers onstant ig. 244 Strap Vibration ontrol & Sway race Range: " through 6" pipe Material: arbon steel inish: Plain Service: Restraint of pipe in specified direction while permitting movement in non-restrained direction. Maximum Temperature: 60 Ordering: Specify figure number, name, and pipe size. Larger sizes available upon request. IG. 244: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rated Load Ps Pn L T W Weight , , , P s P n L 6 IEL WEL L T W Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 0 PH-.

106 PIPE SUPPORTS ig. 62, Type, and Stanchion Range: 2" through 8" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type of support for stationary pipe where vertical adjustment is required. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized 40 Ordering: Specify figure number, type, pipe size, top stanchion size, material specification and dimension. or base plates that require holes, also specify hole size, and the center line to center line of the holes. L ield Weld Top Stanchion ield Weld Top Stanchion ield Weld Top Stanchion ±" dj. " Min ±" dj. " Min ±" dj. " Min " Vent Hole ottom Stanchion ase Plate " Vent Hole ottom Stanchion ase Plate " Vent Hole ottom Stanchion ase Plate ig. 62, Type (L. R. Elbow) with adjustable base ig. 62, Type (S. R. Elbow) with adjustable base ig. 62, Type (Horizontal ) with adjustable base or Elbow Top Stanchion (Standard Weight ) (in) Weight (Lbs) 2 28 Top Stanchion IMENSIONS (IN) ottom Stanchion ase Plate 2 Std. x 6 x 6 2 Std. x 0 x 0 4 Sch. 80 x 0 x 0 6 Sch. 80 x 0 x 0 ig. 62 Stanchion with djustable ase 06 PH-.

107 PIPE SUPPORTS ig. 6, Type,,, P and T Stanchion Straps Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized 40 To Order Specify: Type,, : igure Number, Type,, Stanchion, Material Specification and imension. Type P: igure Number, Type, Saddle, Stanchion, Material Specification and H imension. Type T: igure Number, Type, Saddle igure Number and, Stanchion, Material Specification and H imension. or base plates that require holes, also specify hole size, and the center line to center line of the holes. Trapeze Shields & Saddles L Roll L L H Guides & Slides " Vent Hole Stanchion ase Plate " Vent Hole Stanchion ase Plate " Vent Hole Stanchion ase Plate H Stanchion ase Plate Stanchion ase Plate Spring Hangers ig. 6, Type (L. R. Elbow) ig. 6, Type (S. R. Elbow) ig. 6, Type (Horizontal ) Stanchion (Standard Weight ) or Elbow (in) Weight (Lbs) See igure 28, 29, 264, or 26 dimensional data for required stanchion pipe size (nominal pipe size ). ig. 6, Type P Square ut End for use with igure 28 or 29 Saddle Support (See pages 09 & 2) IMENSIONS (IN) Stanchion 2 2 ase Plate x 6 x 6 x 8 x 8 4 x 0 x x 4 x 4 0 x 8 x x 20 x 20 6 x 22 x x 24 x x 0 x 0 ig. 6, Type T Square ut Threaded End for use with igure 264 or 26 djustable Saddle Support (See pages 0 & ) ig. 6 Stanchion onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 0 PH-.

108 PIPE SUPPORTS ig. 92 djustable Saddle Range: 2" through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type support for stationary pipe where vertical adjustment is required. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 8). Ordering: Specify pipe size to be supported, figure number, name and finish. L IG. 92: WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod E G Weight x x x x E 8" 20 G ig. 9 djustable Saddle with U-olt Range: 2" through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type support where vertical adjustment is required, plus the additional stability provided by U-bolt attachment to stationary pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. L G IG. 9: WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod E G Weight x x x x E 8" 08 PH-.

109 PIPE SUPPORTS ig. 28 Saddle Support Straps Range: 4" through 6" Material: s 4" through 2" are ast Iron. s 4" through 6" are arbon Steel. s 4" through 2" are available in arbon Steel by special request only. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type support for stationary pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 6), WW-H--E (Type 6 & ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 6). Installation: Slip saddle base into riser pipe. Ordering: Specify size to be supported, figure number, name, finish and material. Order Separately: igure 6P Square ut End Stanchion. Specify "H" and pipe size to be supported by igure 28. ig. 28 ast Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides L L Spring Hangers H Stanchion onstant ase Plate NOM. PIPE SIZE " Vibration ontrol & Sway race ig. 6, Type P Square ut End for use with igure 28 or 29 Saddle Support ig. 28 abricated Steel Sway Strut ssembly IG. 28: WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight Width Max Load *Standard Wall , , , , The above load ratings are applicable to the saddle only and are not applicable to the stanchion or other means used to support the saddle. Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 09 PH-.

110 PIPE SUPPORTS ig. 264 djustable Saddle Support Range: 2 " through 6" Material: ast iron saddle, locknut nipple and special cast iron reducer, assembled. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type support where vertical adjustment of stationary pipe is required. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8), WW-H--E (Type 9), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 8). Installation: djustment is obtained by turning the locknut nipple. The lower end of the nipple is staked, upsetting the threads to prevent separation of nipple and coupling during adjustment. eatures: Vertical adjustment of approximately 4 " Saddle supports a broad range of pipe sizes Ordering: Specify pipe size to be supported, figure number, name and finish. Order Separately: igure 6T Square ut Threaded End Stanchion. Specify "H" and pipe size to be supported by igure 264. L L H NOM. PIPE SIZE - E " Stanchion ase Plate NOM. PIPE SIZE - ig. 6, Type T Square ut Threaded End for use with igure 264 or 26 djustable Saddle Support 0 PH-. IG. 264: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight E omplete Saddle Only Min Max * The special cast iron reducer may be furnished with a hexed shaped smaller end. * Standard Wall The above load ratings are applicable to the saddle only and are not applicable to the stanchion or other means used to support the saddle. Width Max Load,800, ,00 6,00,00

111 PIPE SUPPORTS ig. 26 djustable Saddle Support with U-olt Straps Range: 4" through 6" Material: ast iron saddle, steel yoke and nuts, steel locknut nipple and special cast iron reducer. (4" through 6" carbon steel saddle with steel yoke. 4" through 2" steel saddle available upon special request) inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type support where vertical adjustment is required, plus the additional stability provided by U-bolt attachment to pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8), WW-H--E (Type 9), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 8). Installation: djustment is obtained by turning the locknut nipple. The lower end of the nipple is staked, upsetting the threads to prevent separation of nipple and coupling during adjustment. eatures: Vertical adjustment of approximately 4 " Saddle supports a broad range of pipe sizes Ordering: Specify pipe size to be supported, figure number, name and finish. Order Separately: igure 6T Square ut Threaded End Stanchion. Specify "H" and pipe size to be supported by igure 26. L L Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant H Stanchion NOM. PIPE SIZE - E " Vibration ontrol & Sway race ase Plate NOM. PIPE SIZE - Sway Strut ssembly ig. 6, Type T Square ut Threaded End for use with igure 264 or 26 djustable Saddle Support IG. 26: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight E omplete Saddle Only Min Max * The special cast iron reducer may be furnished with a hexed shaped smaller end. * Standard Wall The above load ratings are applicable to the saddle only and are not applicable to the stanchion or other means used to support the saddle. Width Max Load,800 6,00 6,00,00 Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

112 PIPE SUPPORTS ig. 29 Saddle Support with U-olt Range: 4" through 6" pipe Material: ast iron stanchion saddle with steel yoke and nuts. 4" through 6" carbon steel saddle with steel yoke. 4" through 2" steel saddle available on special request. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type support with additional stability provided by U-bolt attachment to pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). Installation: Same as pipe saddle support ig. 28, except that yoke is attached to saddle after pipe is in place. eatures: U-bolt yoke provides stability. Ordering: Specify pipe size to be supported, figure number, name, material and finish. Order Separately: igure 6P Square ut End Stanchion. Specify "H" and pipe size to be supported by igure 26. ig. 29 ast Iron L L NOM. PIPE SIZE " NOM. PIPE SIZE H 2 PH-. ig. 29 ast Iron L Stanchion ase Plate ig. 6, Type P Square ut End for use with igure 28 or 29 Saddle Support ig. 29 abricated Steel IG. 29: WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight * Standard Wall ig. 29 abricated Steel Width Max Load,800 6,00 6,00,00 The above load ratings are applicable to the saddle only and are not applicable to the stanchion or other means used to support the saddle.

113 TRPEZE ig. 46 Universal Trapeze ssembly Straps Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Trapeze assembly is to be suspended by two rods with ig. 60 washer plates and is designed for top loading exclusively. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, name, finish, to dimension and hole size H. If holes J or hole are required, also specify hole size and dimensions K and M or. Note: Larger to dimensions are available upon request. Spring Hangers Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll N K L TO M K N G Guides & Slides Tubing Weight Max Hole ia. H, J, G IG. 46: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) N to = Span (in) L (in) x 2 x x x x 4 x x 4 x x 6 x x 8 x HOLE H HOLE (2 PLES) J HOLE (2 PLES) IG.60 WSHER PLTE REQUIRE IG. 46: MXIMUM LO (LS); SE ON TO IMENSIONS T MX TEMPERTURE O ,600 2,00,900,00,00,400,00,200,00,000 8,80 2 6,00,00,000 4,00 4,000,600,00,00 2,800 2,00 2,200,800,200 4,800 4,400,900,600,00 2,900 2,00 2,200,900,00 4 0,200 9,00 8,00,00,000 6,00 6,00,00 4,00,800,00,000 2,000,00 0,00 9,600 8,000 6,800 6,000,00 4, ,000 8,400,00 6,000,00,400 0,000 8,800 8,000 onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

114 TRPEZE ig. 4 hannel ssembly Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Ordering: ig. 4 channel assembly; channel size, rod size, name, finish and to. Note: that L = ( to ) + 2M + W Note: an also be used with a U-bolt ig. & ig. 60 washer plates to secure pipe to the center of channel assembly. L M W S T W H I. IG. 4: IMENSIONS (IN) Rod ia H Hole S W T M Wt./t. 2 s IG. 4: WEIGHTS (LS) LOS (LS) TO = SPN (IN) Maximum Load (lbs); ased on to imensions at Max Temperature of ,800,00 6,600,800,200 4,800 4,400,900,600,00 2,900 2,00 2,200,900, ,200,00,400 0,200 9,00 8,00,00,000 6,00 6,00,00 4,00,800,00, ,000 4,400,00 2,000,00 0,00 9,600 8,000 6,800 6,000,00 4, ,600 24,000 2,800 20,000 8,400,00 6,000,00,400 0,000 8,800 8, ,00 29,800 2,00 2,800 2,00 8,00 6,00 4,00 2, ,00 49,400 4,800 42,800,00 0,600 26,00 2,800 2, ,000 48,900 42,800 8,000 4, ,000 9,00 8,400 4,00 66,00 4 PH-.

115 TRPEZE ig. 0 Equal Leg ngle for Trapeze ssembly Straps Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Ordering: If two holes H are required: Specify ig. 0 angle (nominal size, to, H, total weight and load) If two holes H and hole are required: Specify ig. 0 angle (nominal size,, to,, H, total weight and load) If two holes H and two holes J are required: Specify ig. 0 angle (nominal size, to, H, J, K, M, total weight and load) Trapeze Shields & Saddles Snubbers Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers N L TO N G onstant K M K H HOLE (2 PLES) Vibration ontrol & Sway race HOLE J HOLE (2 PLES) Sway Strut ssembly Weight Per/t G IG. 0: LO (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) N x x.9 Max Rod H to = Span in Inches Maximum Load; ased on to imensions at Max Temperature of ,00,200, x 4.0 2,00,680,400,200, x.90,420 2,6 2,280,94,0,20,68,244, x.20 4,980,984,20 2,846 2,490 2,0,992,80,660,42,28 x ,600,280 4,400,2,00 2,9 2,640 2,400 2,200,886,60 4 x ,000 9,600 8,000 6,88 6,000, 4,800 4,64 4,000,429,200 Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

116 PIPE SHIELS & SLES ig. 6 Insulation Protection Shield Range: " through 24" pipe with up to 2" thick insulation Material: arbon steel inish: Galvanized Service: Recommended for outside of foam or fiber glass insulation for distribution of loads to preclude crushing of insulation without breaking the vapor barrier. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 40), WW-H--E (Type 4), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 40). How to size: Refer to shield size selection table below. Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name. ata applicable to shields for thicker insulation or larger pipe sizes is available upon request. SHIEL SIZE SELETION OR NOMINL PIPE SIZE Insulation Thickness (in) SHIEL SIZE SELETION OR OPPER TUING Tube Insulation Thickness (in) 2 X 2,, 4 6, IG. 6: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Shield Weight Stock L Insulation O ig. 260 X / / Ga / Ga Ga Ga Ga Shading in gray indicates this shield fits loosely inside the ig To be used properly, the ig. 260 requires a spacer. INSULTION O.. INSULTION THIKNESS Note: s actual foam or fiber glass insulation thicknesses vary, verify that the radius of the selected shield is suitable for the required application. Shields are designed for a maximum span of ten feet on P.S.I. compressive strength insulation. or compressive strengths greater than P.S.I., spans may be increased proportionately up to maximum allowable for steel pipe. Refer to MSS-SP-69 for specific guidelines on compressive strength and maximum span. L L 6 PH-.

117 PIPE SHIELS & SLES ig. 68 Rib-Lok Shield Straps Range: " through 8" pipe or copper tube with up to 2" insulation Material: arbon steel inish: Galvanized pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 40), WW-H--E (Type 4), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 40). Service: To be used with ig. 6 or ig. 260 clevis. esigned to prevent damage to insulation by hanger. Ribs keep shield centered in hanger. How to size: Refer to shield size selection table below. Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name. Note: ata applicable to shields for thicker insulation or larger pipe size is available upon request. Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll SHIEL SIZE SELETION OR NOMINL PIPE SIZE Insulation Thickness (in) SHIEL SIZE SELETION OR OPPER TUING Tube Insulation Thickness (in) 2 2, IG. 68: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Shield Max O.. of Insulation Stock s Weight ig ga. x ga. x Shading in gray indicates this shield fits loosely inside the ig To be used properly, the ig. 260 requires a spacer. INSULTION O.. L INSULTION THIKNESS 2" Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

118 PIPE SHIELS & SLES overing Protection Saddle or Nominal Thickness of overing Shown ig. 60: " ig. 6: " ig. 62: 2" ig. 6: 2 " ig. 64: " ig. 6: 4" ig. 6: 4" (lloy) ig. 66: " (lloy) Range: " through 6" Material: igs. 60, 6, 62, 6, 64, and 6 are curved carbon steel plate. igs. 6 and 66 are alloy steel manufactured from STM 8 Grade 22 hrome Molybdenum steel plate. igs. 6 and 66 have a welded-in center plate in all sizes. ll other saddles have a welded-in center plate for pipe sizes 2" and larger. ll saddles are 2" long with side edges turned up. inish: Plain Service: esigned for use on insulated high temperature systems where heat losses are to be kept to a minimum and to protect insulation against damage. Maximum Temperature: 60 carbon steel, 90 alloy steel. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 9 & 9), WW-H--E (Type 40 & 40), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 9 & 9). eatures: Permits finished, weather tight covering at all points of pipe support. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and name. ata for 42" size available on request. Installation: It is recommended that saddle be welded to the pipe. L L E ontinued on ollowing Page. 8 PH-.

119 PIPE SHIELS & SLES ig. 60 to ig 66 overing Protection Saddle (cont.) Straps IG. 60, 6, 62, 6, 64, 6, 6, 66: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ig. No. Max Load Weight igs.,, of Roll igs. 4, 8 igs. 2, 24, 2 enter Line of to Outside of Saddle igs.,, enter Line of to enter Line of Roll igs. 4, 8 E igs. 2, 24, , , , , , , , , , , Maximum recommended loads are applicable only when saddle is used on a flat bearing surface or roller hangers and tack welded to pipe. When saddle is used with a pipe roll, the maximum load for the assembly is the smaller of the two loads. ontinued on ollowing Page. Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 9 PH-.

120 PIPE SHIELS & SLES ig. 60 to ig 66 overing Protection Saddle (cont.) IG. 60, 6, 62, 6, 64, 6, 6, 66: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ig. No. Max Load Weight igs.,, of Roll igs. 4, 8 igs. 2, 24, 2 enter Line of to Outside of Saddle igs.,, enter Line of to enter Line of Roll igs. 4, 8 E igs. 2, 24, , , , , , , , , , , , , Maximum recommended loads are applicable only when saddle is used on a flat bearing surface or roller hangers and tack welded to pipe. When saddle is used with a pipe roll, the maximum load for the assembly is the smaller of the two loads. ontinued on ollowing Page. 20 PH-.

121 PIPE SHIELS & SLES ig. 60 to ig 66 overing Protection Saddle (cont.) Straps IG. 60, 6, 62, 6, 64, 6, 6, 66: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ig. No. Max Load Weight igs.,, of Roll igs. 4, 8 igs. 2, 24, 2 enter Line of to Outside of Saddle igs.,, enter Line of to enter Line of Roll igs. 4, 8 E igs. 2, 24, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , Maximum recommended loads are applicable only when saddle is used on a flat bearing surface or roller hangers and tack welded to pipe. When saddle is used with a pipe roll, the maximum load for the assembly is the smaller of the two loads. Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 2 PH-.

122 PIPE ROLL ig. djustable Roll Support Range: " through 0" Material: ast iron roll and sockets; steel roll rod, continuous thread rods and hex nuts inish: Plain, Galvanized or Resilient oated Service: or support of pipe where longitudinal movement due to expansion and contraction will occur and where vertical adjustment up to 6" may be necessary. Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller, 00 at Resilent coated roller. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4), WW-H--E (Type 42), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 4). Installation: Normally used directly above steel beams, brackets angles, etc. eatures: dvantages of pipe rollers with a protective resilient coated covering. Non conductive pipe rollers - prevent the passing of current from pipeline to structure. orrosion resistant - for protection against severe weather conditions, moderate corrosive conditions such as marine atmospheres and weather resistant to ultra-violet radiation. Low coefficient of friction between pipe and resilient coated pipe roller. How to size: () If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (see below). (2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page 8 for size of pipe roll. () If roll is to support covered pipe, the O.. of the covering should not be greater than the O.. of the pipe for which the roll was designed. Ordering: Specify size of roll, figure number and name. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles makes this necessary. L H IG. : WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight H I/I ROLL SIZING I/I ig. Roller No Recom. 22 PH-.

123 PIPE ROLL ig. : Roll Single Roll Straps Range: " through 0" Material: ast iron roll and sockets, steel roll rod inish: Plain, Galvanized or Resilient oated Service: or suspension of pipe from two rods where longitudinal expansion and contraction may occur. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4), WW-H--E (Type 42), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 4). djustment: djustable socket permits vertical adjustment at the roll. Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller, 00 at resilient coated roller. How to size: () If the roll is to support non-insulated pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (column ) in table below. (2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page 8 for size of pipe roll. eatures: Provides for vertical adjustment; nut at bottom of hanger rod fits into the socket preventing loosening or turning due to vibration. roll is designed for two point surface contact with pipe or saddle. eatures: dvantages of pipe rollers with a protective resilient coated covering. Non conductive pipe rollers - prevent the passing of current from pipeline to structure. orrosion resistant - for protection against severe weather conditions, moderate corrosive conditions such as marine atmospheres and weather resistant to ultra-violet radiation. Low coefficient of friction between pipe and resilient coated pipe roller. Ordering: Specify pipe roll size. Order should include figure number, name and finish in all cases. Hanger rods and nuts to be ordered separately. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles makes this necessary. Max O.. overing IG. : LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Max Load Weight G E H J , , , , , , , , , , G L E I/I ROLL SIZING ig. I/I Roller No Recom. H J Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 2 PH-.

124 PIPE ROLL ig. 8 Spring ushion Hanger Material: Spring cushion hanger ig. 8 consists of a set of two springs and four cast iron retainers only. inish: Plain (retainers), Painted (springs) Service: Generally used with ig. single pipe roll as shown in above photo. Recommended for installations where formal load and movement calculations are not required, or calculated movement does not exceed ". Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 49), WW-H--E (Type 0), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 49). Ordering: Specify figure number, name and rod size. If used with ig. single pipe roll, pipe roll must be ordered separately. The retainers are casted to the dimensions as shown, but center hole can be drilled or reamed larger to satisfy the hanger rod required, up to the max rod size. L IG. 8: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Spring No. Max Spring eflection * Load at Max eflection eflection Rate of Hanger (lbs / inch) Weight ore Hole ia. or Rod Max Rod ** ,00, ,000 2, * t maximum recommended deflection, spring can be compressed an additional " before becoming solid. Maximum capacity of double spring hanger. ** an be drilled to max. rod size PH-.

125 PIPE ROLL ig. 8 djustable Steel Yoke Roll Straps Range: 2 " through 24" Material: ast iron roll; carbon steel yoke, roll rod and hex nuts inish: Plain, Galvanized or Resilient oated Service: or suspension of pipe from a single rod where longitudinal movement may occur because of expansion or contraction. Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller, 00 at resilient coated roller. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4), WW-H--E (Type 44), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 4). eatures: dvantages of pipe rollers with a protective resilient coated covering. Non conductive pipe rollers - prevent the passing of current from pipeline to structure. orrosion resistant - for protection against severe weather conditions, moderate corrosive conditions such as marine atmospheres and weather resistant to ultra-violet radiation. Low coefficient of friction between pipe and resilient coated pipe roller. How to size: If the roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (see below). If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page 8 for size of pipe roll to be used. Ordering: Specify pipe roll size, figure number, name and finish. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles are required. H Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant L E Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly IG. 8: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max O.. of overing Max Load Weight Rod Rod Take Out - E , , , , H I/I ROLL SIZING ig. 8 I/I Roller Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 2 PH-.

126 PIPE ROLL ig. Roller hair Range: 2" through 0" pipe Material: ast iron roll, steel chair, roll rod, bolts and hex nuts inish: Plain, Galvanized or Resilient oated Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller, 00 at resilient coated roller. Service: or support of pipe where longitudinal movement due to expansion and contraction may occur, but where no vertical adjustment is required. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 44), WW-H--E (Type 4), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 44). Installation: Two bolts and nuts provide anchorage to floor or top of steel beam or bracket or chair may be welded to supporting steel. eatures: dvantages of pipe rollers with a protective resilient coated covering. Non conductive pipe rollers - prevent the passing of current from pipeline to structure. orrosion resistant - for protection against severe weather conditions, moderate corrosive conditions such as marine atmospheres and weather resistant to ultra-violet radiation. Low coefficient of friction between pipe and resilient coated pipe roller. How to size: () If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (see below). (2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page 8 for size of pipe roll. () If roll is to support covered pipe, the O.. of the covering should not be greater than the O.. of the pipe for which the roll was designed. Ordering: Specify size of roll, figure number, name and finish. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles are required. G W L H IG. : LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight W G Width x / / x 6 6, ,0 9.0 x 2 0, x 2 2 2, , x 2 2 /2 8 6, , x , , x 0, H I/I ROLL SIZING ig. I/I Roller No Recom. 26 PH-.

127 PIPE ROLL ig. 2: with ast Iron ase Plate Roll and ase Plate Straps Range: 2" through 24" Material: ast iron roll and plate inish: Plain, Galvanized or Resilient oated Service: or support of pipe where small longitudinal movement due to expansion and contraction may occur and where no vertical adjustment is required. Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller, 00 at resilient coated roller. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H--E (Type 46), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 4). Installation: onsist of sitting the unit in place. Weight of pipe and material hold unit in place. How to size: () If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (see below). (2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page 8 for size of pipe roll. eatures: n economical, practical means of supporting pipe with limited horizontal movement due to expansion and contraction. eatures: dvantages of pipe rollers with a protective resilient coated covering. Non conductive pipe rollers - prevent the passing of current from pipeline to structure. orrosion resistant - for protection against severe weather conditions, moderate corrosive conditions such as marine L atmospheres and weather resistant to ultra-violet radiation. Low coefficient of friction between pipe and resilient coated pipe roller. TRVERSE E Ordering: Specify pipe roll size, figure number, name and finish. H e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection G saddles are required. Note: abricated carbon steel base plates for extended travel are available upon request. Refer to ig. S and 6 S for additional pipe roll designs. K J K Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly IG. 2: LOS (LS) WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max Load Weight E G H J K , , , , I/I ROLL SIZING ig. 2 I/I Roller Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 2 PH-.

128 PIPE ROLL ig. 2: omplete Roll Stand Range: 2" through 42" Material: ast iron roll and stand inish: Plain, Galvanized or Resilient oated Service: or support of pipe where longitudinal movement due to expansion and contraction may occur but where no vertical adjustment is required. Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller, 00 at resilient coated roller. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 44), WW-H--E (Type 4), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 44). Installation: () Two cored holes for anchorage bolts are provided on all sizes for fastening stands to structural supports, piers, floors, etc. (2) In addition, cored holes N at the four corners of the stand are provided for anchorage purposes. () The two cored holes on sizes 2" to 6" are on outside of stand (see dotted lines and dimension J ). (4) On all other sizes, the holes are inside of uprights (see dimension J). eatures: dvantages of pipe rollers with a protective resilient coated covering. Non conductive pipe rollers - prevent the passing of current from pipeline to structure. orrosion resistant - for protection against severe weather conditions, moderate corrosive conditions such as marine atmospheres and weather resistant to ultra-violet radiation. Low coefficient of friction between pipe and resilient coated pipe roller. How to size: If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (see below). If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page 8 for size of pipe roll. Ordering: Specify pipe roll size, figure number, name and finish. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddle are required. Note: Refer to ig. S and 6 S for additional pipe roll designs. Standard line of carbon steel base plates available. L R " Outside Holes Only on s 2" to 6" L M H N " U E J G T ' J' Max Load IG. 2: WEIGHT (LS) LOS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight H ' E G J J' L M N R T U , , , , , , I/I ROLL SIZING I/I ig. 2 Roller N/ 28 PH-.

129 PIPE ROLL ig. 24: with ase Plate ig. 2: without ase Plate ig. 24P: ast Iron ase Plate only djustable Roll Stand Straps Range: 2" through 42" Material: ast iron base plate, stand roll; steel adjusting screws inish: Plain, Galvanized or Resilient oated Service: or support of pipe lines where longitudinal movement due to expansion and contraction may occur and where vertical and lateral adjustment during installation may be required. Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller, 00 resilient coated roller. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 46), WW-H--E (Type 4), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 46). Installation: ase plate is provided with two holes for anchorage to floor, pier, structural support and similar constructions, as well as to welded steel brackets ig. 9 page and ig. 99, page 8. djustable pipe roll stand without base plate, ig. 2, can be used for supporting tunnel piping, etc., by resting ends of adjusting screws on structural steel angles, channels, etc. djustment: Vertical adjustment is obtained by use of the four adjusting screws located on corners of stand. Lateral adjustment is secured by stand sliding on each of adjusting screws. eatures: dvantages of pipe rollers with a protective resilient coated covering. Non conductive pipe rollers - prevent the passing of current from pipeline to structure. orrosion resistant - for protection against severe weather conditions, moderate corrosive conditions such as marine atmospheres and weather resistant to ultra-violet radiation. Low coefficient of friction between pipe and resilient coated pipe roller. How to size: () If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (see below). (2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page 8 for size of pipe roll. Ordering: Specify pipe roll size, figure number, name and finish. or further dimensions of stand, see ig. 2, page 28. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles are required. R Note: Refer to ig. S and 6 S for additional pipe roll designs. Standard line of carbon steel base plates available. Max Load ig. 24 Weight ig. 2 IG. 24, 2, 24P: IMENSIONS (IN) ig. 24P H' Min H' Max E J K V Max See ig. 2 for dditional imensions W L M P R S W , , , , , , R H' V K OPENING ONLY ON 4" THRU 0" PIPE SIZES E E G W J P S M I/I ROLL SIZING ig. 24 I/I Roller N/ Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 29 PH-.

130 PIPE GUIES & SLIES ig. 2 lignment Guide Range: " through 24" pipe and insulation thickness of " through 4" (lso available in copper tube sizes, see page 24) Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or maintaining alignment of piping through its axial expansion and contraction cycles. Normally, two or more pipe alignment guides are used on a single piping run to avoid a pivoting effect within the piping system. It is recommended that the first guide be located a maximum of four pipe diameters from an expansion joint. The second guide should be placed a maximum of 8 pipe diameters from an expansion joint. dditional guides should be employed in accordance with the guide spacing data shown on next page. are usually required between the intermediate guides to comply with standard support practice. Maximum Temperature: 60 Installation: () ttach outer housing to structure by bolting or welding. (2) Remove upper section of housing to open position. () ttach spider clamp to pipe and completely insulate. (4) Set pipe and spider clamp into outer housing. () Replace upper section of housing to closed position and secure. Note: Spider attachments to pipe must be properly located during installation to insure that a minimum of one-half the spider width remains within the length of the outer housing for all conditions of operation. See table on opposite page for maximum recommended travels. If larger travels are required, special guides can be furnished to special order. How to size: by nominal pipe size and insulation thickness in accordance with the selection table on the opposite page. Ordering: Specify size number, pipe size, insulation, thickness, figure number, name and finish. aution: The primary function of the igure 2 is to maintain axial alignment of a system. Other components should be incorporated into the system to carry the primary loading of the system. Guides are designed such that minor loading amounts may be transferred to the guide in any given direction, up to 20% of dead weight load for typical maximum spans of a given pipe diameter. H I 4 HOLES W W E L L T J INSULTION THIKNESS lignment Guide igure 2, & T G L L PIPE PIPE (in) L (in) Maximum Movement " to 6" 4 4 8" to 6" 6 6 8" to 24" 8 8 imensional ata on ollowing Page. H I 4 HOLES E J INSULTION THIKNESS lignment Guide igure 2, thru J G 0 PH-.

131 PIPE GUIES & SLIES ig. 2 lignment Guide (cont.) Straps GUIE SIZE NUMER Insulation Thickness (in) E E E G G G G 6 8 H H J J E E GUIE SIZE SELETION TLE Locate bare nominal pipe size in appropriate insulation thickness column and read guide size from Guide No. column to the left. Guide imensions (in) No. W E G H T E G H J Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly * (in) Maximum istance (feet) etween Intermediate Guides for Pressure (psig) * or pipe sizes not shown refer to the Expansion Joint Manufacturers ssociation Guidelines Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

132 PIPE GUIES & SLIES ig. 26 lignment Guide Range: " through 24" pipe and insulation thickness of " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or maintaining alignment of piping through its axial expansion and contraction cycles. Normally, two or more pipe alignment guides are used on a single piping run to avoid a pivoting effect within the piping system. It is recommended that the first guide be located a maximum of four pipe diameters from an expansion joint. The second guide should be placed a maximum of 8 pipe diameters from the expansion joint. dditional guides should be employed in accordance with the guide spacing data on next page. are usually required between the intermediate guides to comply with standard support practice. Maximum Temperature: 0 Installation: () ttach outer housing to structure by bolting or welding. (2) Swing upper section of housing to open positions. () ttach spider clamp to pipe and completely insulate. (4) Set pipe and spider clamp into outer housing. () Replace upper section of housing to closed position and secure. Note: Spider attachments to pipe must be properly located during installation to insure that a minimum of one-half the spider width remains within the length of the outer housing for all conditions of operation. See table on opposite page for maximum recommended travels. If larger travels are required, special guides can be furnished to special order. How to size: by nominal pipe size and insulation thickness in accordance with the selection table on opposite page. Ordering: Specify size number, pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number, name and finish. aution: The primary function of the igure 26 is to maintain axial alignment of a system. Other components should be incorporated into the system to carry the primary loading of the system. Guides are designed such that minor loading amounts L may be transferred to the guide in any given direction, up to 20% of dead weight load for typical maximum spans of a given pipe diameter. W T (in) L (in) Maximum Movement " to 6" 6 6 8" to 6" 8 8 8" to 24" 0 0 L PIPE H I 4 HOLES E J INSULTION THIKNESS G imensional ata on ollowing Page. 2 PH-.

133 PIPE GUIES & SLIES ig. 26 lignment Guide (cont.) Straps GUIE SIZE NUMER Insulation Thickness (in) E 6 E E 8 E E E E 0 2 G 4 G G G G 6 G G G G 8 H H 20 H H 24 J J GUIE SIZE SELETION TLE Locate bare nominal pipe size in appropriate insulation thickness column and read guide size from size no. column to the left. Guide imensions (in) No. W E G H T E G H J Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race * (in) REOMMENE EXPNSION JOINT GUIE SPING Maximum istance (feet) etween Intermediate Guides for Pressure (psig) * or pipe sizes not shown refer to the Expansion Joint Manufacturers ssociation Guidelines Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

134 PIPE GUIES & SLIES PTE Slide ssemblies Overview pplication nvil PTE pipe slide assemblies are designed to support the pipe and provide for lateral and axial movement due to thermal expansion and contraction of the piping system. ssemblies are fabricated using PTE slide bearings to provide a low coefficient of friction, minimizing frictional stress on the pipe and support structure. eatures Pre-engineered to save calculation and installation time. PTE slide bearing pads are composed of 00% virgin Polytetrafluoroethylene polymer. apable of supporting constant loads up to 2000 PSI at 0 oefficient of friction typically ranges between 0.06 and 0.2 depending on bearing surface area, bearing load (sample ranges shown in chart for given pressures at 0 ). onsult your nvil representative for further information. The low coefficient of friction for the PTE slide assemblies permits a smooth, unrestrained movement of the pipe and reduces overturning movements on supporting structures. PTE is chemically inert and resists attack by chemicals, humidity and other elements found in harsh environments provided that the steel supports are suitably protected. Self-lubricating, maintenance-free. Provides resistance to galvanic corrosion between pipe and support structure. Maximum temperature: 400 at PTE llows for up to 4" insulation thickness as standard. Greater than 4" insulation available on special request. Special designed slides and tees available on request. Selection () etermine the support location based on allowable span and loading conditions. (2) alculate the load for each slide assembly location. () etermine the lateral and axial movement of the pipe and the direction of movement, cold to hot. (4) Select pipe slide or tee figure number and attachment configuration, welded or bolted. () Select the method of slide plate attachment to support structure, welded or bolted. (6) esignate whether guided or non-guided slide plate is required. () Maximum recommended loads shown for pipe slides and structural tees are for vertical loading. Transitional loads for pipe structural tees are to be determined by customer. Installation () etermine offset of pipe slide-slide plate interface to allow maximum pipe movement in direction of greatest thermal displacement. (2) ttach PTE slide to pipe by welding or clamping with standard ig. 22 pipe clamp or ig. 42 special pipe clamp. () ttach slide plates to supporting structure by bolting or welding. (4) Verify setting to insure full bearing between the PTE slide and slide base surfaces under all pipe movement conditions. 4 PH-.

135 PIPE GUIES & SLIES PTE Slide ssemblies Overview (cont.) Straps The maximum load on the pipe slides is based on using a PTE width of 2" for the slide plate and a 0 temperature. or a different temperature at the bearing surfaces, multiply the maximum load rating by the following factor. Temperature actor oefficient of riction Pressure PSI (MPa) Spring Hangers pplication Examples onstant Special esign Products Snubbers Sway Strut ssembly Vibration ontrol & Sway race Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Index Technical ata Master ormat Part Specs. OEIIENT O RITION VERSUS PRESSURE Test Speed: "/min. (2mm/min.) Temperature: 0 (2 ) PH-.

136 PIPE GUIES & SLIES ig. 2: Structural Tee Slide ssembly ig. 2: Structural Tee ig. 46: abricated Tee Slide ssembly ig. 46: abricated Tee Slides ssembly, omplete Range: ll sizes within maximum load rating. Material: arbon steel tee, PTE bonded slide plates and carbon steel base. inish: Plain, Painted or Galvanized Service: or the support of piping where horizontal movement resulting from expansion and contraction takes place and where a low coefficient of friction is desired. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). Maximum Load: s indicated at 0 see page for rating factor at higher temperatures. Maximum Temperature: 0 Temperature Range at PTE: -20 to 400 eatures: No lubrication required. esigned to minimize heat loss. llows up to " of insulation on Types, 2, 4 & and up to 2 " of insulation on Types & 6. llows up to 0" travel standard Weld in place design. vailable Options: Increased travels. Increased tee heights. End plates. lamps, ig. 22 or ig. 42. ase plate with mounting holes High temperature option, 000 (ig. 46) Stainless steel tee slide with an insulated PTE slide Ordering: Specify figure number, type, name, finish and any other option desired. igure Number ig. 2 ig. 46 PTE Slide ssembly "T" Style (Type ) IG. 2, 46: LOS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) WEIGHTS (LS) Structural Tees ig 2 ig 46 PTE Slide Note: In the PH-92 and PH-92R atalogs: The ig. 2 & 46 (slide T section only) formerly referred to as ig. 280 & 4 The ig. 2 & 46 (slide base plate) formerly referred to as ig. 48 (slide base plate) The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. Max Load Welded Slide olted Slide Type own Side * Up H ** W L Weight H ** W L Hole Locations olt Weight Tee x , , x , Tee x , , x , * Side load is only applicable if appropriate endplates are added to slide or T Section ** With the ig. 42 clamp, add the material thickness. The Tees are now being notched for the material thickness when welding on the ig. 22 See page 4. PTE Slide Plate ase 6 PH-.

137 PIPE GUIES & SLIES ig. 2 and 46 PTE Slide ssemblies Straps Notes: Types, 2, and provide for longitudinal movement only. Types 4,, and 6 provide for both longitudinal and transverse movement of piping. Type Type 2 ig 2, Type Structural Tee abricated Tee ig. 2 ig. 46 ig 2, Type 2 Trapeze Shields & Saddles H PIPE IEL WELE TO TEE W PTE SLIE PLTES ig 46, Type H PIPE IEL WELE TO TEE 6 W 6 ig 46, Type 2 Roll Guides & Slides Type ig 2, Type Type 4 ig 2, Type 4 Spring Hangers PIPE IEL WELE TO TEE H 6 W HOL- OWN LUGS 6 ig 46, Type H PIPE IEL WELE TO TEE " W Note: ase Plate is larger than Type " ig 46, Type 4 onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Type Type 6 ig 2, Type ig 2, Type 6 Sway Strut ssembly H PIPE IEL WELE TO TEE " W Note: Gap is larger than Type 2 " ig 46, Type H PIPE IEL WELE TO TEE " W Note: Gap is larger than Type " HOL OWN LUGS ig 46, Type 6 Snubbers Special esign Products Side View, ll Types Options (for all types) pplication Examples IG.46 NOTHE TO REUE HET LOSS IG.2 ETURES LINE ONTT WITH PIPE ig. 2 w/end Plates ig. 2 w/ig 22 lamps ig. 2 w/ig 42 lamp ig. 2 w/ig 22 lamps & End Plates Master ormat Part Specs. SE WITH GUIES URNISHE ON TYPES 2,, & 6 ONLY HOL-OWN LUGS URNISHE ON TYPE & 6 ONLY Technical ata L 2" ig. 46 w/end Plates ig. 46 w/ig 22 lamps ig. 46 w/ig 42 lamp ig. 46 w/ig 22 lamps & End Plates Index PH-.

138 PIPE GUIES & SLIES ig. 49: Structural "H" Slide ssembly ig. 49: Structural "H" Slide ssembly, omplete Range: 6" through 6" Material: arbon steel H section, PTE bonded slide plates and carbon steel base. inish: Plain, Painted or Galvanized Service: heavy duty slide support where horizontal movement resulting from expansion and contraction takes place and where a low coefficient of friction is desired. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type ). Maximum Load: s indicated at 0 see page for rating factor at higher temperatures. Maximum Temperature: 0 Temperature Range at PTE: -20 to 400 eatures: No lubrication required. llows up to 4" of insulation. llows up to 0 travel standard. Weld in place design. vailable Options: Increased travels. Increased H Section heights. lamps, ig. 22 or ig. 42. ase plate with mounting holes. The bolt spacing for the bolted base plates is equal to the W dimention minus " and the L dimention minus " for all pipe sizes and the hole diameter is 9 6" for all sizes. Ordering: Specify figure number, type, name, finish and any other option desired. Notes: Types, 2, and provide for longitudinal movement only. Types 4 and provide for both longitudinal and transverse movement of piping. PTE Slide ssembly "H" Type Structural "H" Mounting Plate PTE Slides PTE Slide Plate ase Note: In the PH-92 and PH-92R atalogs: The ig. 49 (slide H section only) formerly referred to as ig. 4. The ig. 49 (slide base plate) formerly referred to as ig. 48 (slide base plate). The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 40 is at the discretion of the end user. IG. 49: LOS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) * Max Load Type Type Side Up own Type & 4 2 & & 4 2 & Type 2,, ,000,000, ,000 4,000, ,000 6,000 2, * With clamps; add material thickness of a ig. 22 for bolted bases add 6" to height H dimension. ** With the igure 42 special clamp, add the material thickness of igure 42. See page 40. IEL WEL PIPE TO IG 49 PTE SLIE PLTES 8 PH-.

139 PIPE GUIES & SLIES ig. 49 Structural H Slide ssembly, omplete Straps WELE: IMENSIONS (IN) W L Type Type 2 & 4 & 4 2,, & 6 8 /2 0 / /2 0 /2 2 / /2 2 / / / / /4 2 WELE SHEMTIS Type 2 Type OLTE: IMENSIONS (IN) W Type to L Type to /2 4 4 / /2 OLTE SHEMTIS Hole Spacing G 2 4 /2 Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers W L W L G onstant Types 2 & /6 W 2 L Types 2 & /6 W 2 L G Vibration ontrol & Sway race 2 2 Sway Strut ssembly Type 4 W L Type 4 W L G Snubbers Type 2 Type 2 Special esign Products W Notes: Types, 2, and provide for longitudinal movement only. Types 4 and provide for both longitudinal and transverse movement of piping. L "H" Section Only W L G pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Options (for all types) ig.49 w/ig 22 lamps ig. 49 w/ig 42 lamp Technical ata Index 9 PH-.

140 PIPE GUIES & SLIES ig. 42 Special lamp Range: 2" through 24" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 for carbon steel pipe only Service: Used with and where pipe slides cannot be welded directly to pipe or copper tube. When used with fiberglass, plastic, or aluminum pipe, a thin protective liner should be inserted between the pipe and the clamp. lamp is designed for use with igure 2 and igures 46 and 49 slides and tees. Ordering: Specify figure number, pipe size, name and finish. ig. 2 w/ig 42 lamp ig. 46 w/ig 42 lamp ig. 49 w/ig 42 lamp M N L Q P R IG. 42: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) L M N P Q R Stock Weight /8 x /6 x /4 x PH-.

141 PIPE GUIES & SLIESPIPE GUIES & SLIES ig. 22 Medium lamp Straps Range: 2" through 0" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 Service: clamp for figure numbers 2, 46, and 49 slides and tees. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Note: Two clamps are required. T section 2/46 or H section 49 are notched to accommodate clamps and to eliminate the increase in height of the slide assembly. Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll G Guides & Slides L Spring Hangers E onstant H ig. 2 w/ig 22 lamps ig. 46 w/ig 22 lamps ig.49 w/ig 22 lamps IG. 22: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) E H G Width Weight / / / Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 4 PH-.

142 SPRING HNGERS ig. 82, ig. -268, ig. 98, Triple Spring, and Quadruple Spring ig. -82, ig. -268, ig. -98, Triple-R, and Quadruple-R Spring (orrosion Resistant) esign features: Precompression. Precompressing the spring into the hanger casing provides the following advantages: () Saves up to 0% in headroom by reducing the length of the hanger. (2) Reduces the installed height of the overall hanger assembly. () Prevents the spring supporting force from exceeding the normal safe limits of variations. (4) Saves valuable erection time because spring is precompressed close to " of the working range. alibration: all nvil Variable Spring Hangers and supports are calibrated for accurate loading conditions. Load indicator is clearly seen in the slot, simplifying reading of the scale plate. Load is read from bottom of indicator. old set at the factory upon request. Spring and casing are fabricated of steel and are rugged and compact. Piston cap serves as a centering device or guide maintaining spring alignment. asing protects the spring from damage and weather conditions. Standard inish: Painted with semi-gloss primer. orrosion Resistant: nvil offers corrosion-resistant and weatherresistant Variable Spring Hangers to fill vital needs in the chemical and refinery industries as well as in modern outdoor power plant construction. or protection against severe weather conditions or moderate corrosive conditions, the parts of the hanger are galvanized per STM -, except the spring which has a protective coating and the load column for Type which is electro-galvanized. dvantages of a Protective oating: Protects from a wide range of corrosives. oes not affect the flex life of the spring. Recommended for ambient temperatures up to 200 Travel stop: The functional design of the pre-compressed variable spring hanger permits the incorporation of a two-piece travel stop that locks the hanger spring against upward or downward movement for temporary conditions of underload or overload. The complete travel stop, the up travel stop only for cold set purposes or the down travel stop only which may be employed during erection, hydrostatic test (nvil permits a hydrostatic test load of 2 times the normal operating load for the spring hanger) or chemical cleanout will be furnished only when specified. The travel stop is painted red and is installed at the factory with a caution tag attached calling attention that the device must be removed before the pipe line is put in service. Permanently attached travel stops available upon request. UP TRVEL STOP INITOR (Load is read from bottom of indicator) OWN TRVEL STOP UTION METL STRPS UTION TG igure 82 pprovals: WW-H-E (Types, 6 and ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Types, 2 and ). Specifications: nvil Variable Spring Hangers are welded in strict accordance with SME Section IX. Range: The nvil Variable Spring Hanger in five series and seven types is offered in twenty-three sizes (ig only is offered in twentyfive sizes). The hanger can be furnished to take loads 0 lbs. to 0,000 lbs. Ordering: () (2) Type () igure number (4) Product name () esired supporting force in operating position (6) alculated amount and direction of pipe movement from installed to operating position. () ustomer s identification number (if any) (8) When ordering Type spring specify if roller or guided load column is to be furnished. (9) When ordering Type G, specify total load and load per spring plus center to center rod dimensions. (0) If required, specify with travel stop () When ordering corrosion resistant, specify -268, -82, -98, Triple-R, or Quadruple-R completely galvanized except coated spring coil. Note: To help alleviate the problem of lifting large size spring hangers into position for installation, this product is available with lifting lugs (if required) on sizes weighing one hundred pounds or more. igure -268 Hole igure 98 LITING LUGS 42 PH-.

143 SPRING HNGERS ig. 82, ig. -268, ig. 98, Triple Spring, and Quadruple Spring (cont.) ig. -82, ig. -268, ig. -98, Triple-R, and Quadruple-R Spring (orrosion Resistant) Straps How to etermine Type: The type of variable spring hanger to be used depends upon the physical characteristics required by the suspension problem (e.g., amount of head room, whether pipe is to be supported above or below the spring, etc.). Spring Hanger Types Typical pplications onsideration should be given to the seven standard types offered (see illustration below). Special variable spring hangers can be fabricated for unusual conditions. Type Type Type Type Vibration ontrol & Sway race pplication Examples Special esign Products Snubbers Sway Strut ssembly onstant Spring Hangers Guides & Slides Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Type E Type Type G Recommended Service: hangers located at points that are subject to vertical thermal movement and for which a constant support hanger is not required (see recommended service for constant support hanger, page 6). Type & E spring hangers may accommodate less than 4 of rod swing depending on size, figure number, and application. Installation: Securely attach hanger to the building. ttach lower hanger rod and turn the load coupling until the load indicator is positioned at the desired setting indicated on the load scale plate. djustment of Hanger: Once installed in the line; the hanger should be adjusted until the load indicator moves to the white button marked (cold position). On inspection of the system, after a reasonable period of operation, the load indicator should be at the red button marked H (hot position). If it is not, the hanger should be readjusted to the hot position. No other adjustment is necessary. How to etermine Series: omplete sizing information is given on the hanger selection chart on pages 44 and 4. The sizing information is applicable to hangers of all series. s noted on the hanger selection charts that the total spring deflection in the casing leaves a reserve (overtravel) above and below the recommended working load range. Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 4 PH-.

144 SPRING HNGERS Spring Hanger and Series Selection How to use hanger selection table: In order to choose a proper size hanger, it is necessary to know the actual load which the spring is to support and the amount and direction of the pipe line movement from the cold to the hot position. ind the actual load of the pipe in the load table. s it is desirable to support the actual weight of the pipe when the line is hot, the actual load is the hot load. To determine the cold load, read the spring scale, up or down, for the amount of expected movement. The chart must be read opposite from the direction of the pipe s movement. The load arrived at is the cold load. If the cold load falls outside of the working load range of the hanger selected, relocate the actual or hot load in the adjacent column and find the cold load. When the hot and cold loads are both within the working range of a hanger, the size number of that hanger will be found at the top of the column. LO TLE (LS) OR SELETION O HNGER SIZE (sizes 0 through 22 on next page) Working Range (in) unshaded Shaded Rows Show Overtravel igure No. Hanger size -268 Only ig. 82, ig. -268, ig. 98, Triple & Quadruple Spring Quad. Triple , , , , , , , , , , , , ,00 Spring Rate (lbs/in) Triple Quadruple Note: General rule for series selection use ig. 82 for up to " of movement up to " use ig. -268, up to 2" use ig. 98, up to " use a Triple, up to 4" use a Quadruple. ouble check to assure desired variability is achieved. 44 PH-.

145 SPRING HNGERS Spring Hanger and Series Selection Straps How to use hanger selection table (cont.): Should it be impossible to select a hanger in a particular series such that both loads occur within the working range, consideration should be given to a variable spring hanger with a wider working range or a constant support hanger. The cold load is calculated by adding (for up movement) or subtracting (for down movement) the product of spring rate times movement to or from the hot load. old load = (hot load) ± (movement) x (spring rate) key criteria in selecting the size and series of a variable spring is a factor known as variability. This is a measurement of the percentage change in supporting force between the hot and cold positions of a spring and is calculated from the formula: Variability = (Movement) x (Spring Rate) / (Hot Load) If an allowable variability is not specified, good practice would be to use 2% as recommended by MSS-SP-8. Trapeze Shields & Saddles LO TLE (LS) OR SELETION O HNGER SIZE (ontinued from previous page) Hanger size ig. 82, ig. -268, ig. 98, Triple & Quadruple Spring Working Range (in) unshaded Shaded Rows Show Overtravel igure No Triple Quad. 80,020,0,800 2,400,240 4,00 6,000,990 0,60 4,00 8,0 2,00 8,06,406,8 2,00, 4,688 6,20 8,22,0 4,88 9, 26,04 84,0,46,90 2,600,0 4,8 6,00 8,6,49,2 20, 2, ,48,9 2,02 2,00,64,06 6,0 8,98,98,86 2,094 28, 90,90, 2,00 2,800,80,20,000 9,20 2,80 6,40 2,8 29, ,2,6 2, 2,900,9,48,20 9,62 2,82,08 22,66 0,2 9,2,688 2,20,000 4,00,62,00 9,98,26,62 2,48,26,008,8,44 2,2,00 4,8,8,0 0,,08 8,2 24,29 2,298,040,60,800 2,400,200 4,20 6,000 8,000 0,60 4,0 8,800 2,000,40 2,0,40,86 2,4,00 4,4 6,88 8,20 0,982 4,92 9,88 2,8 4,82,0,44,9 2,0,400 4,90 6, 8,00,,0 9,9 26,6,424,8,488,969 2,62,00 4,2 6,6 8,0,64,4 20,6 2,44 6,466,0,0 2,02 2,00,600 4,860 6,0 9,000,980,920 2,0 28,2,08 2 4,20, 2,08 2,,00 4,99 6,98 9,20 2,2 6,62 2,8 28,906 8,49,2,6 2,8 2,80,800,0,2 9,00 2,64 6,80 22,2 29,688 9,9,268,68 2,94 2,92,900,26, 9,0 2,9,24 22,9 0,469 40,6,00,00 2,20,000 4,000,400,00 0,000,0,690 2,00,20 4,6 4 6,,4 2,06,0 4,00,,688 0,20,642 8,2 24,088 2,0 42,,6,8 2,6,0 4,200,60,8 0,00,9 8, 24,6 2,8 4,9,98,828 2,49,22 4,00,80 8,06 0,0 4,0 9,0 2,26,94 44,80,40,80 2,4,00 4,400,940 8,20,000 4,640 9,460 2,80 4, 4, ,46,9 2,, 4,00 6,0 8,48,20 4,92 9,902 26,48,6 46,88,49,9 2,88,40 4,600 6,20 8,62,00,0 20,4 2,02,98 4,926,28,998 2,644,2 4,00 6,4 8,8,0,6 20,8 2,6 6,9 48,968,60 2,040 2,00,600 4,800 6,480 9,000 2,000,90 2,20 28,200,00 0,00 2 0,9 2,08 2,6,6 4,900 6,6 9,88 2,20 6,02 2,62 28,88 8,28,02,62 2,2 2,8,0,000 6,0 9, 2,00 6,6 22, 29, 9,06 2,094,68 2,68 2,869,82,00 6,88 9,6 2,0 6,96 22, 29,96 9,844,6 2,690 2,20 2,92,900,200,020 9,0,000,00 2,000 0,0 40,62 4,8 Spring Rate (lbs/in) ,200,600 2,60,000 4,000,20,080 9,400 2,00 6, ,080,00 2,000 2,660,40 4,00 6,20 8, ,000,0,0 2,0,2 4, ,80,6 2,08 2,8 Triple ,,6 2,084 Quadruple Note: General rule for series selection use ig. 82 for up to " of movement up to " use ig. -268, up to 2" use ig. 98, up to " use a Triple, up to 4" use a Quadruple. ouble check to assure desired variability is achieved. Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 4 PH-.

146 SPRING HNGERS Variable Spring heck List for Requesting a Quote or Ordering Page of nvil International Precision Park 60 renchtown Rd. North Kingstown, RI 0282 or technical information regarding Variable Springs all or ax: ax Number: (40) Phone Number: (40) inish: Standard Primer: Galvanized: Special oating: Quantity: igure No.: Options a re: 82, -268, 98, Triple, Quadruple or: -82, -268, -98, Triple-R, Quadruple-R : Options are: #0 through #22 (-268 / -268 also available in #00 and #000) Type: Options are: through G* Hot (Operating or esign) Load (lbs): (optional)** old/installed (actory Set) Load (lbs): (optional)** Vertical Movement: + (up) or (down) (optional)** Mark Number: (If Required) Travel Stops: Yes: No: If travel stops are ordered and hot & cold loads are not provided, then the spring will be set to mid range load. Lifting Lugs: Yes: No: vailable on sizes weighing 00 lbs or more. Notes: * Type G Springs must also include the -to- dimension & the load per spring. ** nvil will determine the appropriate igure Number and will calculate the old Load when only the Hot Load and movement are specified. 46 PH-.

147 SPRING HNGERS ig. -268, -268 Spring Hangers (Type ) Straps Type is the basic unit of ig nvil Variable Spring Hanger. It is designed for attachment to its supporting member by screwing a rod into a tapped hole in the top cap of the hanger the full depth of the top cap ( G dimension). The upper jam nut should then be locked, securing the hanger. djustment of the hanger load is accomplished by turning the coupling on the lower hanger rod until the hanger picks up the load and the load indicator points to the desired position. G E EL. (IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 SPG.RTE L./IN. IG SIZE TYPE MRKNO. RO SIZE "" LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides MIN.=Z MX.=Z+ /2" RO SIZE "" RO NOT URNISHE LENGTH O R.H. TH' SEE TLE ELOW Spring Hangers onstant Hanger Weight IG. -268, IG TYPE : WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod R.H. Thread Length asing Length asing iam lange iam Rod Take Out E Min. Thread Engagement Thread epth G Z Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 4 PH-.

148 SPRING HNGERS ig. -268, -268 Spring Hangers (Type & Type ) S T R T H R H J EL. (IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 SPG.RTE L./IN. IG SIZE TYPE MRKNO. LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE J EL. (IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 SPG.RTE L./IN. IG SIZE TYPE MRKNO. LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE MIN.=Z MX.=Z+ /2" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+ /2" ig Type RO SIZE "" RO NOT URNISHE LENGTH O R.H. TH'. SEE TLE ELOW ig Type RO SIZE "" RO NOT URNISHE LENGTH O R.H. TH'. SEE TLE ELOW Type is furnished with a single lug for attachment to the building structure. The lug permits use of a clevis, welded beam attachment or a pair of angles for attachment where headroom is limited. Hanger Weight (lbs) Rod Type is furnished with two lugs for attachment to the building structure. These two lugs permit the use of an eye rod, ig. L or a single plate for attachment where headroom is limited. IG. -268, IG TYPE, : WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) R.H. Thread Length Lug Hole asing Length asing iam lange iam Min. Thd Engagement Height of Pin H Rod Take Out J R levis Opening S Thickness T Z 48 PH-.

149 SPRING HNGERS ig. -268, -268 Spring Hangers (Type & Type E) Straps Y K M EL. (IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 SPG.RTE L./IN. IG SIZE TYPE MRKNO. RO SIZE "" RO, NUTS & WSHER NOT URNISHE LENGTH O R.H. TH'. SEE TLE ELOW LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE MUST E PINNE OR TKE Y USTOMER RO SIZE "" RO N NUT NOT URNISHE LENGTH TO SUIT USTOMER EL. (IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 SPG.RTE L./IN. IG SIZE TYPE MRKNO. LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Hanger Weight (lbs) ig Type Type permits adjustment of the hanger from the top. This type has a piece of tubing which passes through a hole in the top cap. Type is especially adapted for use where the hanger is set above the supporting beams and pipe is suspended below. IG. -268, IG TYPE, E: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Rod R.H. Thd Length asing Length asing iam lange iam Min Thread Engagement llowance for Nuts K Height of Spacer M Rod Length Y Q MUST E PINNE Y USTOMER RIGHT HN THRES RO SIZE "" RO NOT URNISHE LENGTH O R.H. TH'. SEE TLE ELOW /2" OUPLING POSITION T MXIMUM LO ig Type E Type E is designed to permit adjustment from either above or below the hanger, when it is installed upon the supporting member and pipe is suspended below. coupling tapped right hand both ends is furnished. Rod Take-out Q Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 49 PH-.

150 SPRING HNGERS ig. -268, -268 Spring Hangers (Type ) X Hanger Weight E' asing Length EL. (IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 SPG.RTE L./IN. IG SIZE TYPE MRKNO. Type is for use under a base elbow or piping that must be supported directly from the floor. If more than " of horizontal translation occurs of loads resting on the flat load flange or other flat surface junction between the type spring hanger and the load, a double roller design pipe roll is recommended. rolls, as illustrated above, will be furnished on request. or dimension of the pipe roll, refer to ig. 2, see page 28. IG. -268, IG TYPE : WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) asing iam lange iam LO OLUMN LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE OUR SLOTS (olt ircle) ig Type ottom lange Sq. E' ottom lange olt ircle ottom lange olts Thickness ottom lange PIPE ROLL: IMENSIONS (IN), LO (LS) Roll Roll Mat l Max Load P R S 2 - ast Iron ast Iron, ast Iron 4, Steel 4, ast Iron 6, Steel 26, ast Iron 9, Steel 4, ast Iron 2, Steel 60, ast Iron, Steel 60, ast Iron 24, Steel 60, ase type variable springs will be furnished with an extended load column on special order. Guided Load olumns and roller are available on request. djustment to the required load rating is made by inserting a bar into holes provided in the load column and turning the column. The 2" increment between minimum and maximum X dimensions is the amount of field adjustment available and is in excess of the amount required for load adjustment. Lengths - X* Load ol. iam Load lange iam Min Max Min Max Thickness of Load lange * Hanger take-out or installed height. With pipe movement up, cold to hot, installed height should be the mid-point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus thickness of load flange. With pipe movement down, cold to hot installed height should be mid-point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus the amount of vertical movement and load flange thickness. Note: s 6" and larger are furnished with a hexagon nut at the top of a solid load column to facilitate adjustment with a wrench. S R ITS OVER TYPE "" LO OLUMN P PH-.

151 SPRING HNGERS ig. -268, ig Spring Hangers (Type G) Straps Type G is a complete trapeze assembly. The hanger consists of two standard spring units plus a pair of back-to-back channels welded at each end to the hanger casing. The P dimension can be varied with the customer s instructions. In sizing a Type G hanger, it must be remembered that each standard spring unit carries one-half of the total pipe load. Therefore, in using the hanger selection chart, use one-half of the total pipe load as the hot load. When the pipe line is designed so as not to be centered on the channel, one spring of the trapeze will carry a heavier load, the other a lighter load. are should be taken in calculating the load of each hanger and in choosing the proper sized spring in such cases. The center-to-center rod dimension must be specified when ordering. - RO IMENSION S SPEIIE RO SIZE "" RO NOT URNISHE LENGTH O R.H. TH' SEE TLE ELOW MIN = Z MX = Z + /2" P LO INITOR ig Type G W N IG SIZE TYPE G MRKNO. SPG.RTE L./IN. 2 /2 2 /4 2 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 0 EL. (IN.) LO (L.) Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers Hanger Weight* Rod IG. -268, -268 TYPE G: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) R.H. Thread Length asing Length asing ia. lange ia. Min Thread Engagement Rod Take Out N hannel (lb/ft) Max - Space etween hannels W x x x x x x x x x , x ,496 4 * Weight based on 24" center-to-center dimension P Z onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

152 SPRING HNGERS ig. 82, -82 Short Spring Hangers ig. 82 Type ig. 82 Type ig. 82 Type G E "" LO INITOR 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 EL. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -82 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. LO SLE & NME PLTE J H R LO SLE & LO NME PLTE INITOR T 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 EL. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -82 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. J S T R 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 EL. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -82 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. H LO SLE & NME PLTE LO INITOR "" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+ " MIN.=Z MX.=Z+ " MIN.=Z MX.=Z+ " "" "" ig. 82 Type ig. 82 Type E ig. 82 Type K LO OLUMN Y M "" LO LO SLE & INITOR NME PLTE 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 EL. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -82 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. LO INITOR 0 /4 IEL PINNE OR TKE RO SIZE "" LO SLE & NME PLTE /2 /4 /4 EL. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -82 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. X LO LO SLE & INITOR NME PLTE 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 EL. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -82 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. Q " IEL PINNE R.H. TH'S. OUPLING POSITION T MX LO E' OUR SLOTS ig. 82 Type G "" MIN = Z MX = Z + " P LO INITOR - RO IMENSION S SPEIIE W N EL. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -82 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 The nvil variable short spring hanger, ig. 82, embodies all of the ig features and is designed to the same exacting specifications. This is useful in confined areas where thermal movement of the piping is relatively small. The minimum and maximum loads for the individual sizes of the ig. 82 are exactly the same as those for the ig This hanger is offered in the seven basic types as shown here. The load table and instructions for sizing and ordering this hanger are found on page 42 through 4. 2 PH-.

153 SPRING HNGERS Hanger Rod R.H. Thread Length IG. 82, -82 SHORT SPRING: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) asing Length ia. lange ia. Min Thread Engage Z Rod Take Out y Type Type Types, Type, E G E J Q N Thread epth G Lug Hole Pin Hgh H R levis Opening S Thk. T Rod Length Y Type Type G Weight Hanger E' ottom lange ottom Load Load Space Length X hannel lange ol. lange Max etween Type P olt ircle - hannels - Sq. ia. (lbs/ft) Min Max olts Thick ia. Thick Min Max W,,,E G* x x x x x x x Hanger take-out or installed height. With pipe movement up, cold to hot, installed height should be the mid point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus thickness of load flange. With pipe movement down, cold to hot installed height should be mid-point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus the amount of vertical movement and load flange thickness. (Type only). * Weight based on 24" center-to-center dimension. See page 0 for Type roller and guided load column information. ttachment rods and nuts not furnished. Nut llow. K Height Spacer M Straps Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

154 SPRING HNGERS ig. 98, -98 ouble Spring ig. 98 Type G RO SIZE "" ig. 98 Type ig. 98 Type ig. 98 Type K T S R R H H T RO SIZE "" E EL.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE J EL.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 J EL.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 Y M EL.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -98 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -98 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -98 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -98 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. MIN.=Z MX.=Z+" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+" RO SIZE "" RO SIZE "" ig. 98 Type E ig. 98 Type ig. 98 Type G LO LNGE LO OLUMN - RO IMENSION S SPEIIE RO SIZE "" MUST E PINNE OR TKE Y USTOMER RO SIZE "" EL.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -98 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. X EL.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 MIN = Z MX = Z + " P W N SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -98 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. EL.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 SPG.RTE L./IN. IG. -98 SIZE TYPE MRKNO. LO INITOR /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 OUR SLOTS 4/4 MUST E PINNE Y USTOMER R.H. TH'S. RO SIZE "" OUPLING POSITION T MXIMUM LO Q " E *RO, NUTS & WSHERS NOT URNISHE LENGTH O R.H. TH (SEE TIM. TLE) The nvil Variable ouble Spring Hanger, ig. 98, embodies all of the ig features and is designed to the same exacting specifications. Each basic unit consists of two springs arranged in series within a single casing. centering guide is provided to assure the permanent alignment of the spring assembly. This hanger is offered in the seven basic types as shown here. The load table and instructions for sizing and ordering this hanger may be found on page 42 through 4. 4 PH-.

155 SPRING HNGERS Hanger Rod R.H. Thread Length IG. 98, -98 OULE SPRING: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) asing Length 2 ia. lange ia. Min. Thread Engage Z Rod Take Out y Type Type Types, Type, E G Thread epth E J Q N G Lug Hole Pin Hgt H R levis Opening S Thk. T Rod Length Y Type Type G Weight Hanger E' ottom lange ottom Load Load Space Length X hannel lange ol. lange Max etween Type P olt ircle - hannels - Sq. ia. (lbs/ft) Min Max olts Thick ia. Thick Min Max W,,,E G* x x x x x x x , x , , x , ,240,40,84 2,66 Hanger take-out or installed height. With pipe movement up, cold to hot, installed height should be the mid point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus thickness of load flange. With pipe movement down, cold to hot installed height should be mid-point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus the amount of vertical movement and load flange thickness. (Type only). * Weight based on 24" center-to-center dimension. See page 0 for Type roller and guided load column information. ttachment rods and nuts not furnished. Nut llow. K Height Spacer M Straps Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

156 EL.(IN) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RTE LO (L) TRIPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. L IN EL.(IN) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RTE LO (L) TRIPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. L IN EL.(IN) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 SPG.RTE LO (L) TRIPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. L IN EL.(IN) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RTE LO (L) TRIPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. L IN EL.(IN) LO (L) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RTE L IN TRIPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. EL.(IN) LO (L) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RTE L IN TRIPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. TRIPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. EL.(IN) LO (L) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RTE L IN SPRING HNGERS Triple Spring, Triple Spring-R Triple Type Triple Type Triple Type Triple Type G RO SIZE* "" LO INITOR R T H S T R H K RO SIZE "" M E LO SLE & NME PLTE J /4 /2 LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE J LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE Y LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE MIN.=Z MX.=Z+0 " RO SIZE* "" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+0 " RO SIZE* "" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+0 " RO SIZE* "" Triple Type E Triple Type Triple Type G LO INITOR LO LNGE - RO IMENSION S SPEIIE NOT TO EXEE - MX RO SIZE "" MUST E PINNE OR TKE Y USTOMER RO SIZE "" LO SLE & NME PLTE X LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE MIN = Z MX = Z + /2" P W N OUR SLOTS E' LO INITOR MUST E PINNE Y USTOMER R.H. TH'S. RO SIZE "" OUPLING POSITION T MXIMUM LO Q 0 " The nvil Variable Triple Spring Hanger embodies all of the ig features and is designed to the same exacting specifications. Each basic unit consists of three springs arranged in series within a single casing. centering guide is provided to assure the permanent alignment of the spring assembly. This hanger is offered in the seven basic types as shown here. The load table and instructions for sizing and ordering this hanger may be found on page 42 through 4. 6 PH-.

157 SPRING HNGERS Triple Spring, Triple Spring-R Straps Hanger 0 Rod R.H. Thread Length General imensions asing Length 9 asing ia. TRIPLE SPRING: IMENSIONS (IN) Min Thread Z Rod Take Out or Types Type Type Type & E G epth Loaded Thread K M Length im X E J Y Q N G Min Max Type G P Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll ttachment rods and nuts not furnished. See page 0 for Type roller and guided load column information Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples See ig for dimensions not listed Index Technical ata Master ormat Part Specs. PH-.

158 QURUPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. SPG.RTE 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 /4 8 8 /4 8 /2 8 /4 9 9 /4 9 /2 9 /4 0 EL.(IN) LO (L) L / IN QURUPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. SPG.RTE L / IN 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 /4 8 8 /4 8 /2 8 /4 9 9 /4 9 /2 9 /4 0 EL.(IN) LO (L) QURUPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. SPG.RTE L / IN 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 /4 8 8 /4 8 /2 8 /4 9 9 /4 9 /2 9 /4 0 EL.(IN) LO (L) QURUPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. SPG.RTE 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 /4 8 8 /4 8 /2 8 /4 9 9 /4 9 /2 9 /4 0 EL.(IN) LO (L) L / IN TRIPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. EL.(IN) LO (L) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RTE L IN SPRING HNGERS Quadruple Spring, Quadruple Spring-R Quadruple Type Quadruple Type Quadruple Type Quadruple Type G RO SIZE* "" LO INITOR R T H S T R H K RO SIZE "" M E LO SLE & NME PLTE J LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE J QURUPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. SPG.RTE L / IN 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 /4 8 8 /4 8 /2 8 /4 9 9 /4 9 /2 9 /4 0 EL.(IN) LO (L) LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE Y QURUPLE SPRING SIZE TYPE MRK NO. SPG.RTE L / IN 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 /4 8 8 /4 8 /2 8 /4 9 9 /4 9 /2 9 /4 0 EL.(IN) LO (L) LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE MIN.=Z MX.=Z+4" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+4" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+4" RO SIZE* "" RO SIZE* "" RO SIZE* "" Quadruple Type E Quadruple Type Quadruple Type G MUST E PINNE OR TKE Y USTOMER RO SIZE "" LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE X LO INITOR LO SLE & NME PLTE OUR SLOTS LO LNGE RO SIZE "" - RO IMENSION S SPEIIE NOT TO EXEE - MX MIN = Z MX = Z + /2" P W LO INITOR N MUST E PINNE Y USTOMER R.H. TH'S. RO SIZE "" OUPLING POSITION T MXIMUM LO Q 4" E' The nvil Variable Quadruple Spring Hanger embodies all of the ig features and is designed to the same exacting specifications. Each basic unit consists of four springs arranged in series within a single casing. centering guide is provided to assure the permanent alignment of the spring assembly. This hanger is offered in the seven basic types as shown here. The load table and instructions for sizing and ordering this hanger may be found on page 42 through 4. 8 PH-.

159 SPRING HNGERS Quadruple Spring, Quadruple Spring-R Straps Hanger 0 Rod R.H. Thread Length General imensions asing Length 2 asing ia. QURUPLE SPRING: IMENSIONS (IN) Min Thread Z Rod Take Out or Types Type Type Type & E G epth Loaded Thread K M Length im X E J Y Q N G Min Max Type G P Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll ttachment rods and nuts not furnished. See page 0 for Type roller and guided load column information Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples See ig for dimensions not listed Index Technical ata Master ormat Part Specs. 9 PH-.

160 VE RTI L ONSTNT SUPPORTS Model R Mathematically Perfect Support The exclusive geometric design of nvil Model R onstant Support Hanger assures perfectly constant support through the entire deflection of the pipe load. This counter-balancing of the load and spring moments about the main pivot is obtained by the use of carefully designed compression type load springs, lever, and spring tension rods. s the lever moves from the high to the low position, the load spring is compressed and the resulting increasing force acting on the decreasing spring moment arm creates a turning moment about the main pivot which is exactly equal and opposite to the turning moment of the load and load moment arm. s the lever moves from the low to the high position, the load spring is increasing in length and the resulting decreasing force acting on the increasing spring moment arm creates a turning moment about the main pivot which is exactly equal and opposite to the turning moment of the load and load moment arm. E 9.92 Δ α β φ VERTIL Y Z P X θ W HORIZONTL W SIN θ L Position Indicator and Travel Stop Spring over ixed Spring Pivot Load Spring Trunion Plate Spring Tension Rod K Rod H Moveable Spring Pivot Load Scale rame M L Main Pivot Load djustment olt High Position Middle Position Low Position P L E Δ Z X φ P Y θ Load Pivot Load Yoke Load oupling Lower "J" Rod HORIZONTL W W SIN θ L () sinα = sinφ sinβ = X Y Δ sinα = sinβ sinα = X Y Z Z sinα = Ysinβ Z Substituting in (), we have (2) X = sinφ and () X = YZsinφ YZ Δ Δ The load L is suspended from the lever at point and at any point within the load travel range the moment of the load about the main lever-pivot P is equal to the load times its moment arm, thus: (4) Load moment = L (Wsinθ), where (Wsinθ) is the load moment arm The spring is attached at one of its ends to the fixed pivot. The spring s free end is attached by means of a rod to the lever-pivot. This spring arrangement provides a spring moment about the main lever-pivot P which opposes the load moment and is equal to the spring force times its moment arm; thus: () Spring Moment = ( YZsinφ ), Δ where ( YZsinφ ) is the spring moment arm Δ The spring force is equal to the spring constant K times the spring deflection E ; thus: (6) = KE; Therefore equation () may be written as: () Spring Moment = KE( YZsinφ ) Δ To obtain perfect constant support the load moment must always equal the spring moment. Therefore: (8) LW = ( KEYZsinφ ) Δ y proper design φ and θ are made equal. Therefore, equation (8) maybe written as: (9) LW = ( KEYZ ) Δ The spring and the rod are so arranged that the spring deflection E always equals the distance Δ between pivots and. Therefore, equation (9) may be written as: (0) LW = KYZ or, () L = (KYZ)/W Since equation () holds true for all positions of the load within its travel range and K, Y, Z, and W remain constant it is therefore true that perfect constant support is obtained. 60 PH-.

161 ONSTNT SUPPORTS Model R ig. 80-V, -80-V Vertical Model R ig. 8-H, -8-H Horizontal onstant Support Straps Roll Shields & Saddles Trapeze Model R ig. 8-H, Horizontal Guides & Slides Model R ig. 80-V, Vertical inish: Standard finish; painted with semi gloss primer. orrosion resistant; galvanized with coated coil or painted with Z and coated coil. Recommended Service: When piping stress is critical and pipe is subject to vertical movement in excess of " due to thermal expansion, and also at locations where it is necessary to avoid any transfer of stress from support or onto critical terminals or connecting equipment. pprovals: WW-H-E (Types 2, 8 and 9), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Types 4, and 6). eatures: ecause of exclusive geometric design, mathematically perfect constancy of support is maintained throughout the full range of load adjustment. ompactness design provides smaller and more versatile units. Increased load and travel capacity. Each hanger is individually calibrated before shipment to support the exact load specified. ll model R constant supports have a wide range of load adjustability. No less than 0% of this adjustability is provided either side of the calibrated load. White button marked denotes cold setting of hanger; red button marked H denotes hot or operating setting. ield load adjustment is made by turning the single load adjustment bolt. overed spring provides protection and good appearance. J-rod swings at least 4 from vertical. Non-resonant to all vertical vibrations. Range: nvil Model R constant support hangers are made in two basic designs, 80- V (vertical design) and 8-H (horizontal design). ombined, the 80-V and 8-H constant supports are made in nine different frame sizes and 0 spring sizes to accommodate travels from " to 20" and loads from 2 lbs to 8,00 lbs. Single rod suspension: vailable in Types, and, ig. 80-V (see page 8 through 0) and ig. 8-H (see page through ). How to select hanger sizes: etermine the total load to be supported by the hanger as well as the actual travel that is, the actual vertical movement of the pipe at the point of hanger location. Refer to the Load-Travel table for constant support hangers (see page 64 through 6) and select a size hanger which will accommodate the known load and actual travel. It must be noted that the travel shown in the table is a total travel that is, the maximum vertical movement which the hanger will accommodate. The total travel of the hanger should always be greater than the calculated travel of pipe line to allow for some discrepancy between calculated travel and actual travel. It is suggested that the total travel for constant supports should be equal to actual travel plus " or 20% whichever is greater. How to determine type: fter the size of the constant support is determined, consideration of available room for suspending the pipe and hanger will indicate whether a vertical (80-V series, page 68-4) or horizontal (8-H series, page - 8) hanger is desirable. How to determine design: fter the hanger size and design are determined, the type of constant support to be used depends upon the physical installation required by the suspension problem, i.e., whether the hanger is to be installed above, between or below steel members (see line cuts referring to Types,,, etc.). It will be noted that the Type is made in horizontal design only and the type G is made in the vertical design only. Special constant support hangers can be fabricated for unusual conditions. J-rod and K-hole diameter: Tapping or drilling for standard rod size will be furnished as shown in the J-rod and K-hole selection charts unless otherwise specified. Upper attachments, turnbuckles and clamps should be tapped to agree with the rod as shown in the selection chart. Standard rod diameters are based on the load to be carried by the upper rod which includes the weight of the hanger assembly as well as the pipe line. Tapped connections for hanger rod sizes " and smaller are UN-Thread Series, lass 2 fit. " and large rod tappings are 8UN Series Threads. Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 6 PH-.

162 ONSTNT SUPPORTS Model R (ontinued) Ordering: Specify: () Hanger size number (2) igure number () Type (4) Name of hanger () Loads to be supported (pounds) (6) Total travel (inches) () ctual travel (inches) (8) irection of movement cold to hot (9) ustomer s hanger mark. (0) When ordering Type G, specify - rod dimension as well as load per spring and total load. () or Types,,, ig. 8-H when required specify for single rod suspension. (2) onstant Support Hangers are also available corrosion-resistant as figures -80-V and -8-H. Installation: () Securely attach the hanger to the building structure at a point where the load coupling is directly over the desired point of attachment to the pipe in the operating position. (2) Make certain that the moving parts of the hanger will be unobstructed. () ttach the lower J-rod between the pipe attachment and the load coupling. Make certain that the lower J-rod has enough thread engagement before taking up the load. sight hole is provided for this. (4) Turn the load coupling, as you would a turnbuckle, until the travel indicator rotates to the desired cold setting (white button) marked indicated on the position scale. If the constant support incorporates a travel stop see below. () fter the line is in operation, check hanger for indicated hot setting. If necessary, make adjustment by turning the load coupling to bring the indicator to the hot position (red button) marked H. No other adjustment is normally required since the load as calibrated at the factory is equal to the load specified to be supported. djustment: When the hanger is installed, its supporting force should be in balance with the portion of the piping weight assigned to it. Each hanger is individually calibrated before shipment to support the exact load specified. ll model R onstant have a wide range of load adjustability. Special instructions for field recalibration of individual hangers may be obtained from nvil representatives. No less than 0% adjustability is provided either side of the calibrated load for plus or minus field load adjustment. The percentage increase or decrease from the factory calibrated load should be carefully calculated. The calibrated load setting of each hanger is indicated by a die-stamp on the load adjustment scale. Load adjustments should be made from this reference point, with each division on the patented scale equal to 2% except sizes 84-0 where each division is valued at %. The load adjustment is made by turning the single load adjustment bolt. or example, a calibrated load of,000 pounds revised to 2,60 pounds is a decrease of 240 pounds. 240/,000 = 8%. y turning the load adjusting bolt the arrow moves in the ecrease direction four divisions. Note: ield Recalibration of load does not decrease total travel. Load adjustment scale shown applies to size through 8 only. The load adjustment scale for sizes 84 through 0 division equals %. Travel stop: The functional design of the onstant Support Hanger permits the incorporation of a travel stop that will lock the hanger against upward or downward movement for temporary conditions of underload or overload, such as may exist during erection, hydrostatic test or chemical clean-out. nvil onstant are designed for hydrostatic test load of at least 2 times the normal operating load for the onstant Support. The travel stop for sizes 9-0 consists of two plates, with matched serrations, attached to the hanger frame with two or more cap screws and with a socketed piece which engages the position indicator. It is installed at the factory to hold the hanger in the cold position. series of serrations can be engaged to lock the hanger at any position along the total travel range. The travel stop, which is furnished only when specified, is painted red. The stop must be removed before the piping system is put into operation, but not before the hanger is installed and fully loaded. The travel stop is released by removing the cap screws. tag marked aution and containing instructions for removal of the travel stop is attached to the hanger. Note: See installation procedures PE-2-80 for a travel stop description on sizes PH-.

163 ONSTNT SUPPORTS Model R (ontinued) Straps Model R lifting lugs: To help alleviate the problem of lifting large size onstant into position for installation, this product is available with lifting lugs (if requested) on sizes ten and larger. Lifting Lugs (igure 8-H): Not available on Type. Lifting Lugs (ig 80-V): LUGS TO E 90 ROM HNNEL ON TYPE " Types,,,, & E sizes 0 thru 6 Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Snubbers Sway Strut ssembly Trapeze Shields & Saddles H M Lugs to be attached to each side of frame (all types) L Hole Roll Guides & Slides ig. 8-H (Horizontal): Typical pplications sizes 84 thru 0 sizes 64 thru 8 Lugs to be attached to each side of frame and will need stabilizing rigging when being lifted Type Type and Type ig. 80V (Vertical): Typical pplications Type Type and Type Special esign Products Type Type E pplication Examples Technical ata Master ormat Part Specs. Type Type Type E Type G Index 6 PH-.

164 ONSTNT SUPPORTS Hanger No. TOTL TRVEL* (IN); LO (LS) SEE NOTES ON PGE , ,, ,, ,89,420, ,2,66,0, ,40,90,24,20, ,02,620,0,, ,4,6,40,226, ,,868,,4,68, ,2 2,020,68,44,26,22, ,0 2,68,80,49,,204, ,90 2,28,940,66,4,29,64, ,0 2,488 2,0,,,82,244,, ,0 2,648 2,20,89,6,4,24,204,0, ,60 2,904 2,420 2,04,8,6,42,20,20,, ,90,60 2,6 2,2,9,6,80,46,,2,29, ,20,46 2,84 2,440 2,,898,08,,42,4,220,9,068,00 0 4,,628,02 2,9 2,268 2,06,84,649,2,9,296,209,4,06 4,9,86,9 2,40 2,98 2,,98,44,98,4,0,29,99,28 2,060 4,048, 2,89 2,0 2,249 2,024,840,68,,446,49,26,9,29 4,26,0,026 2,648 2, 2,8,92,6,629,,42,24,246 4,2 4,420,68, 2,6 2,46 2,20 2,009,842,00,9,4,8,00 4,696,9,4 2,9 2,609 2,48 2,,9,806,6,6,468,8 6 4,968 4,40,49,0 2,60 2,484 2,28 2,00,9,4,66,,46,240 4,6,4,2 2,9 2,620 2,82 2,8 2,0,8,4,68,4 8,66 4,680 4,0,0,20 2,808 2, 2,40 2,60 2,006,82,,62 9,988 4,990 4,2,4,2 2,994 2,22 2,49 2,0 2,9,996,8,6 40 6,60,00 4,4,9,,80 2,89 2,60 2,446 2,2 2,20,988,8 4 6,96,8 4,98 4,60,86,488, 2,90 2,68 2,49 2,2 2,80 2,02 42,88 6,2,420 4,4 4,26,94,449,62 2,99 2,0 2,29 2, 2,22 4 8,200 6,8,8,2 4,6 4,00,2,4,4 2,929 2, 2,6 2, ,24,20 6,2,4 4,84 4,62,96,6,,6 2,908 2,26 2,66 4 9,284, 6,6,80,8 4,642 4,220,868,,6,09 2,90 2, 46 9,60 8, 6,9 6,00,422 4,880 4,46 4,06,4,486,2,00 2,8 4 0,6 8,64,4 6,48,64,88 4,6 4,2,99,06,49,24, ,988 9,,848 6,868 6,04,494 4,99 4,8 4,226,924,66,44,22 49,600 9,66 8,286,20 6,444,800,2 4,8 4,462 4,4,86,62,42 0 0,6 8,886, 6,9 6,220,6,8 4,8 4,44 4,4,888,69,06 9,486 8,00,8 6,640 6,06,,08 4,4 4,42 4,0,906 2,84 0,4 8,88,898,08 6,462,92,468,0 4,9 4,44 4,8 2,62 0,820 9,468 8,4,4 6,886 6,,826,40,049 4,4 4,4 4,400,486 0,00 8,9 8,040,09 6,00 6,8,4,60,02 4,0 4, 2,6,0 9,809 8,828 8,026,6 6,9 6,06,88,8,9 6 6,02,4 2,08 0,682 9,64 8,40 8,0,96 6,86 6,409 6,009,6, 4,8,000, 0,400 9,4 8,666 8,000,429 6,9 6,00 6,8 8 8,42,9,88 2,282,04 0,049 9,2 8,0,896,69 6,809 6,0 9 9,0 6,2 4,6,00,06 0,642 9, 9,00 8,62,804,6 6, ,600,6,40, 2,60,26 0,00 9,08 8,829 8,240,2,2 6 2,890 8,6 6,48 4,9,4,940 0,94 0,0 9,82 8,6 8,209, ,6 9,66,8,4,906 2,642,88 0,69 9,9 9,20 8,69 8, ,46 20,968 8,48 6,09 4,68,44 2,2,29 0,484 9,8 9,4 8,64 (avg. in.) Shading in gray indicates this item is available upon request Table ontinued on acing Page 64 PH-.

165 ONSTNT SUPPORTS Table ontinued on acing Page Hanger No TOTL TRVEL* (IN); LO (LS) SEE NOTES ON PGE , ,066, ,24,06,02,,,09 4,228,6,0,04,26,4,0, ,8,06, ,80,0,242,8,29,080, ,46,9,0,248,9,9,092,048, ,60,48,404,,26,22,0,2,080,040,00 9,66,6,49,426,6,02,24,98,,09,069 40,6,64,90,4,44,8,2,22,22,8,6 4,98,86,44,66,8,6,4,9,4,292, ,08,99,89,80,24,649,8,8,49,40, 4 2,28 2,8 2,00,92,86,82,08,640,,8, ,42 2,296 2,8 2,0,98,896,8,4,68,6,8 4 2,9 2,44 2,2 2,20 2,0 2,08,94,8,8,9, , 2,68 2,440 2,24 2,28 2,22 2,0,92,8,80,4 4 2,882 2,0 2,94 2,40 2,8 2,2 2,62 2,0,99,92,8 48,02 2,89 2,4 2,66 2,49 2,89 2,289 2,98 2, 2,0,962 49,222,0 2,900 2,62 2,66 2,22 2,4 2,20 2,2 2,48 2,0 0,46,24,0 2,962 2,82 2,04 2,92 2,488 2,92 2,04 2,22 2,00,94,8,8 2,4 2,0 2,006,944,689,49,20,62,08 2,88 2,6 2,66 2,4 2,49 2, 2,289 2,2 2,42 2,0 2,949,4,4,84,2,090 2,962 2,84 2,4 2,62 2,8 2,4 2,69 2,29 2,22 4,208,986,8,606,442,29,6,00 2,9 2,80 2,0 2,62 2,24 2,44 2,6 4 4,46 4,2 4,020,828,64,49,0,26,092 2,98 2,8 2,2 2,680 2,9 2, 4,904 4,646 4,44 4,20 4,02,88,68,,9,269,2,044 2,942 2,84 2,9 6,4,060 4,80 4,8 4,0 4,80 4,006,846,698,6,4,,204,0,004,8,44,200 4,92 4,2 4,2 4, 4,60 4,000,82,4,86,466,,20 8 6,4,88,2,26,024 4,806 4,606 4,422 4,2 4,094,94,8,684,6,44 9 6,0 6,6,8,4,20,089 4,8 4,682 4,02 4, 4,80 4,06,902,6, ,86 6,0 6,80,88,68,4,0 4,944 4,4 4,8 4,44 4,262 4,20,98,86 6,29 6,92 6,6 6,24,969,0,42,24,0 4,864 4,690 4,29 4,8 4,26 4,04 62,2,9 6,9 6,62 6,20 6,046,94,62,48,0 4,96 4,9 4,6 4,48 4,46 6 8,4,2,9 6,989 6,6 6,8 6,6,8,64,46,242,06 4,892 4,4 4,8 (avg. in.) Shading in gray indicates this item is available upon request. Straps Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 6 PH-.

166 ONSTNT SUPPORTS Hanger TOTL TRVEL* (IN); LO (LS) SEE NOTES ON PGE 6 No ,22,089,80,982 2,86,8 0,986 0,2 9,6 9,04 8,44 8,094,690,2 6,990 6,686 6, ,00,866 6,080 4,68,400 2,0,486 0,20 0,00 9,49 8,9 8,46 8,040,6,08 6,99 6, ,068 9,6,64 6,049 4,,80 2,60,69,04 0,8 9,808 9,29 8,82 8,406 8,024,6,6 6 24,0 2,62 9,226,48 6,02 4,90, 2,8 2,06,0 0,68 0,9 9,6 9,4 8,8 8,9 8, ,000 2, 20,800 8,909, 6,000 4,8,866,000 2,26, 0,94 0,400 9,904 9,44 9,04 8, ,6 24,64 22,08 20,098 8,42,00,92 4,8,88,00 2,282,6,04 0,2 0,048 9,6 9,2 0 29,268 26,0 2,44 2,286 9, 8,0 6,2,609 4,62,,008 2,2,0,49 0,642 0,9 9, 0,900 2,466 24,20 22,4 20,99 9,06,6 6,480,40 4,42,,00 2,60,0,2 0,4 0,00 2 2,8 29,86 26,268 2,880 2,889 20,20 8,6,2 6,48,42 4,9,82,4 2,08,99,420 0,94 4,68 0,904 2,84 2,286 2, 2,96 9,868 8,42,84 6,62,42 4,69,90,244 2,64 2,092,89 4 6,00 2,622 29,60 26,69 24,466 22,8 20,92 9, 8,0,2 6,,42 4,680,980,44 2,64 2,2 8,800 4,489,040 28,28 2,866 2,88 22,2 20,69 9,400 8,29,244 6,6,20 4,80 4,08,49 2,9 6 40,900 6, 2,20 29,46 2,266 2,0 2,2 2,8 20,40 9,248 8,8,22 6,60,80 4,8 4,22,6 4,000 8,222 4,400,2 28,666 26,462 24,2 22,9 2,00 20,26 9, 8,0,200 6,80,6 4,9 4, 8 4, 40,29 6,268 2,9 0,222 2,899 2,906 24,8 22,668 2, 20,49 9,088 8,4,269 6,484,68, 9 4,668 42, 8,4 4,668,9 29, 2,29 2,422 2,84 22,42 2,8 20,00 9,06 8,8,2 6,9, ,000 44,444 40,000 6,64,2 0,0 28,2 26,666 2,000 2,0 22,222 2,02 20,000 9,046 8,80,90 6, ,00 46,666 42,000 8,82,000 2,09 0,000 2,999 26,20 24,0 2, 22,0 2,000 9,998 9,089 8,260,00 82,000 48,888 44,000 40,000 6,66,84,429 29, 2,00 2,88 24,444 2, 22,000 20,9 20,000 9,29 8, 8,00, 46,000 4,89 8,2,86 2,88 0,666 28,0 2,060 2, 24,20 2,000 2,90 20,90 20,000 9, ,200 44,28 40,998,84,44 2,99 0,0 28,942 2, 2,894 24,600 2,42 22,6 2,90 20,00 8 2,400 4,6 4,66 40,09,429 4,92 2,0 0,824 29, 2,8 26,200 24,90 2,86 22,8 2,82 86,400 0,64 46,6 42,66 9,2 6,92 4,62 2,89 0, 29, 2,00 26,9 2,9 24,08 2, ,400,09 48,66 44,924 4, 8,92 6,00 4,4 2,444 0,6 29,200 2,80 26,4 2,89 24,2 88 6,400,89,6 4,22 4,88 40,92 8, 6,9 4, 2, 0,00 29,26 2,906 26,694 2, ,000 60,000 4,998 0, 4,44 4,999 4,20 8,82 6,666 4,6,000,426 29,99 28,694 2, , 6,6 2,2 49,06 46,000 4,29 40,888 8,6 6,800,04,4,998 0,66 9 6,64 62,002,,2 0, 4,4 44, 42,420 40,00 8,8 6,6,04,82 92,00 6,848 6,00 8,99,2,884 49,000 46,420 44,00 4,996 40,08 8,4 6, ,80 4,6 69,28 64,66 60,62,060,888,0 48,00 46,8 44,08 42, 40,4 94 8,00 8,40,6 0,66 66,20 62, 8,888,88,000 0,42 48, 46,084 44,6 9 8,90,66 69,06 6,002 6,88 8,6,20 2,6 0,222 48,040 46, ,4 6,66,8 6,649 6,888 60,2,00 4, 2,268 0,000 4,9 9 8,60 9,66 4,688 0,296 66,88 62,89 9,0 6,900 4,,9 49, ,00 82,66,00 2,94 68,888 6,26 62,000 9,04 6,8,909, ,998 80,62,884,666 6,89 64,00 6,42 8,6 6,08, ,00 8,0 8,826 4,444 0,24 6,000 6,804 60,90 8,2,8 0 86,8 8,6,22,6 69,00 66,8 6,6 60,40, ,00 84,08 80,000,8 2,000 68,66 6,448 62,604 60, ,00 8,60 9,20,20,66 68,402 6,40 62, ,22 82,629 8,00 4,6, 68,26 6,44 0 8,00 86,00 8,0,8 4,,082 68, ,00 8,000 80,946,26,908 0,8 0 8,00 84,469 80,628,2, ,00 8,992 80,42, ,446 8,646 80,6 0 8,00 86,90 8,0 dim s 64 to Table ontinued on acing Page dim s 84 to Shading in gray indicates this item is available upon request. 66 PH-.

167 ONSTNT SUPPORTS Table ontinued on acing Page Hanger TOTL TRVEL* (IN); LO (LS) No ,2,9,696,492,0,26 4,96 4, ,42 6,84,9,42,44,9,8,02 66,062 6,90 6,8 6,04 6,08,884,694, 6,690,94,20 6,966 6,629 6,408 6,20 6, ,20 8,000,0,428,2 6,9 6,09 6, ,84 8,0 8,88,89,62,69, 6, ,66 9,00 8,6 8,6 8,0,804,2, 9,888 9,0 9, 8,828 8,2 8,29,9,2 2 0,0 0,0 9,28 9,80 9,0 8, 8,4 8,209,26 0,69 0,0 9,92 9,90 9,20 8,9 8,692 4,44,292 0,8 0,484 0,2 9,86 9,40 9, 2,46,98,496,084 0,0 0,46 0,02 9,00 6,088 2,84 2,8,684,282 0,906 0,4 0,22,60,20 2,40 2,284,86,466,096 0,0 8 4,0,949,42 2,9 2,0 2,088,698,4 9,24 4,666 4,2,68,49 2,0 2,00,9 80 6,000,84 4,84 4,284,92,2 2,902 2,00 8 6,800 6,, 4,998 4,482 4,000,4,2 82,600 6,922 6,29,2, 4,66 4,92,0 8 8,400,692,06 6,42,86,2 4,8 4, 84 9,680 8,922 8,22,69 6,964 6,98,869, 8 20,960 20, 9,406 8,2 8,068,46 6,902 6, 86 22,60 2,0 20, 9,8 9,02 8,46,869, 8 2,60 22,46 2,628 20,8 20,6 9,46 8,8 8, ,60 2,64 22,9 2,926 2, 20,46 9,80 9, ,400 2,84 24,44 2,69 22, 2,998 2,288 20, ,440 28,0 2,28 26,28 2, 24, 2,40 2, ,240,000 29,80 28,82 2,9 26,864 2,998 2,88 92,280,922 2,66,496 0,4 29,9 28,449 2,6 9 8,800,06,924 4,69,446 2,0,28 0, 94 42,400 40,68 9,2,8 6,49,0 4,90,2 9 44,200 42,498 40,924 9,460 8,00 6,80,642 4, 2,9, 0,28 29,442 28,64 2,894 2,9 26,00,482 2,498,0 0,69 29,86 29,08 28,2 2, ,000 44,20 42,90 4,06 9,62 8,0,09,98 4,84,822 2,86,94,080 0,262 29,486 28,0 9 4,800 4,960 44,2 42,6 4,204 9,829 9,4,44 6,209,4 4,4,9 2,29,446 0,640 29, ,600 4,690 4,92 44,280 42, 4,29 40,000 8,0,2 6,468,42 4,44, 2,6,94,000 99,600 49,6 4, 46,066 44,49 42,996 4,609 40, 9,08,99 6,8,80 4,862,946,06 2,20 00,600,6 49,62 4,8 46,20 44,662 4,22 4,8 40,602 9,409 8,284,29 6,24,262 4,8,00 0,600,49,49 49,6 4,92 46,29 44,84 4,48 42, 40,880 9,2 8,60,6 6,8,640 4,0 02,600 6,82,0,422 49,6 4,99 46,44 4,000 4,62 42,0 4,4 9,996 8,96,894 6,922 6, ,200,882,8,44,892 0,62 48,44 4,0 4,602 44,262 42,998 4,80 40,6 9,604 8,88, ,800 60,82 8,4 6,06 4,4 2,28 0,640 49,06 4, 46,4 44,8 4,60 42,429 4, 40,2 9,20 0 6,400 62,882 60,2 8,86 6, 4,49 2,,094 49,4 48,08 46,2 4,42 44,86 4,02 4,92 40, ,000 6,82 62,960 60,0 8,66 6,66 4,84,2,0 0,000 48,69 4,28 4,94 44,6 4,88 42,00 0 0,960 68,228 6,00 6,0 6,68 9,2,220,48,2 2, 0,68 49,2 4,942 46,68 4,48 44,0 08,920,04 68,44 6,992 6,9 6,94 9,60,0,994 4,0 2,9,28 49,942 48,60 4,8 46, ,960 4,000,2 68,06 66,40 64,2 62,09 60,2 8,29 6,8 4,969,49 2,000 0,60 49, 48, ,000 6,920 4,00,420 68,960 66,660 64,0 62,00 60,600 8,820,40,0 4,00 2,60,280 0,000 dim s 64 to 8 dim s 84 to Shading in gray indicates this item is available upon request. () * Note: Total travel equals actual travel plus " or 20% (whichever is greater), rounded up to nearest " as applicable. (2) onstant supports are readily available for travel and load not listed in this table. imensions and lug locations may vary from those shown on the following pages. () or Type Upthrust see page 80 for standard travel and sizes. (4) ig. 80-V are not available for sizes thru 9. Straps Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Index Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata 6 PH-.

168 M L ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Type Model R NOTE: HNGER MUST E INSTLLE LUSH WITH SUPPORTING STEEL J M NOTE: HNGER MUST E INSTLLE LUSH WITH SUPPORTING STEEL J L P P RO TKE - OUT L L Position G RO TKE - OUT L G I M M Position H H Position H L M s 0-6 J Q N s 64-8 J N Type of the figure 80-V vertical design model R onstant Support Hanger is designed for attachment to its supporting member by screwing a rod into a tapped hole in the top cap of hanger a distance equal to the P dimension plus ". Sight holes are provided near the top of the casing to allow visible inspection for correct thread engagement of upper hanger rod. Notes: See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. Hanger s L G I - 9 vailable in ig. 8-H only IG. 80-V, TYPE : IMENSIONS (IN) ia. M N P Q See page 4 Total Travel TT actors or less 6 6 or more 9 or less 2 6 or more or less 2 6 or more or less 46 or more 0 or less or more 0 or less 8 6 or more 8 6 Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. Min Thd Length + TT J-rod Rod Ia. Min Max 2 + TT + TT 4 + TT 2 + TT 2 + TT Load (lbs) ,00 J Rod * is furnished with 4 UN series thread.,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 J-RO SELETION HRT 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 48,00 8, * 68 PH-.

169 M ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Type Model R Straps L Hanger L Position M Position H Position Load (lbs) J-Rod K-Hole 6 L G H I 80,00 6 * " is furnished with 4 UN series thread.,0 2,40 IG. 80-V, TYPE : IMENSIONS (IN) 2,4 4,000 ia. M J-RO SELETION HRT 4,00 6,00 N Q R T -9 vailable in ig. 8-H only ,0 9,400 K-hole & smaller, K-hole and larger, 2 6 K-hole, thru K-hole, 2 K-hole and larger, K-hole, 2 K-hole and larger, See page 4 L H G L HOLE SIZE K RO TKE - OUT J s 0-6 N s 64-8 Q Type is furnished with a single lug for attachment to the building structure. The lug permits use of a figure 66* welded beam attachment, a figure 299 clevis or a pair of angles for attachment where headroom is limited. R H M T Notes: See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 J-rod Total Travel TT actors Min Thd Rod Ia. Length Min Max 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 48,00 8, * or less 9 6 or more 2 or less 6 or more 6 6 or less 6 6 or more 4 or less 2 or more 0 or less or more 0 or less 6 or more TT 2 + TT + TT 4 + TT 2 + TT 2 + TT * or constant support sizes 0-6 and 64-4 where " rod is required, check the R dimensions versus the ig. 66 welded beam attachment dimensions for compatibility. Note: See the size selection chart (page 64 through 6) for the dimension. K hole center line location is determined by the formula of - G = K enter Line. L G L H M I HOLE SIZE K J RO TKE - OUT N M R H Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 69 PH-.

170 M ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Type Model R L HOLE SIZE K R H T S T HOLE SIZE K RO TKE - OUT T S T R H M L L Position L G RO TKE - OUT L G H I M M Position M H Position H L s 0-6 J Q N s 64-8 J N Type is furnished with a pair of lugs for attachment to the building structure. These lugs permit the use of an eye rod or a single plate for attachment where headroom is limited. Notes: See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. Hanger L G H I -9 vailable in ig. 8-H only IG. 80-V, TYPE : IMENSIONS (IN) ia. M N Q R T K-hole & smaller, K-hole and larger, 2 J-rod Total Travel TT actors Min Thd Rod Ia. Length Min Max or less 9 6 or more 2 or less 6 or more 6 6 or less 6 6 or more 4 +TT 2 + TT + TT K-hole, thru K-hole, 2 K-hole and larger, See page 4 or less 2 or more 0 or less or more 0 or less 6 or more TT 2 + TT 2 Note: See the size selection chart (page 64 through 6) for the dimension. K hole center line location is determined by the formula of - G = K enter Line. + TT * Load (lbs) ,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 J-Rod * K-Hole S * " is furnished with 4 UN series thread. 48,00 8,000 0 PH-.

171 M ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Type Model R Straps X Y L TWO HOLES OR OLTS X W M Z Trapeze P Shields & Saddles L L Position M Position L G RO TKE - OUT Roll Guides & Slides H Position Type rests on top of structural steel while most of the onstant Support itself hangs between or below the supporting beams. The depth of the beam is limited by the P dimension. imension P can be varied on special order, however, P dimension shown is maximum for the hanger. H J Q N Notes: See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Hanger s L G ia. M -9 vailable in ig. 8-H only IG. 80-V: IMENSIONS (IN) N Q P W X Y Z racket Hole ia. Total Travel TT actors Min Thd Length J-Rod Min ia. Max ia. Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers or less or more or less 26 6 or more or less 6 or more or less or more vailable in ig. 8-H only Not vailable Note: See the size selection chart (page 64 through 6) for the dimension. + TT 2 + TT + TT 4 + TT 2 Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Load (lbs) J Rod 80,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24, Technical ata Index PH-.

172 M ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Type E Model R L M L L G I L G I L Position L G H M H M Position H Position H K J Q X OLT HOLES (4) N Y X K s - 6 s 64-4 s - 8 L K J L M J Type E rests on top flange of structural steel and the constant support itself is entirely above the supporting beams. If the rod takeout does not exceed the depth of the supporting steel and the rod coupling must extend below the steel, specify the depth of the supporting steel. Increase the rod take-out by the depth of the steel. Notes: See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. Hanger Load (lbs) ,00,0 2,40 IG. 80-V, TYPE E: IMENSIONS (IN) L G I K ia. M X Y N Q ngle -9 vailable in ig. 8-H Only ,4 4, x 2 x x 2 x x 2 x x x x x x 4 x 84-0 Not vailable J-RO SELETION HRT 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 racket Hole ia. 8,0 24,00 Total Travel TT 24,0,000 actors,00 9,000 Min Thd Length 9,00 48,000 J Rod * * " is furnished with 4 UN series thread. or less 6 or more or less 2 6 or more or less 2 6 or more or less or more 0 or less 9 or more 9 0 or less 8 or more 8 J-Rod + TT Rod ia Min Max 2 + TT + TT 4 + TT 2 + TT 2 + TT Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. Rod take-out is measured from the bottom of the supporting angles to the center of the load coupling site hole. 48,00 8,000 2 PH-.

173 M L M M ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Type G Model R Straps H Position J Q - RO IMENSION S SPEIIE Trapeze M Position L Position L H RO TKE - OUT H H L Shields & Saddles L G V P E Roll M Note: or orientation of "N" imension, see ig. 80-V Type on page. Guides & Slides Spring Hangers Type G is a complete trapeze assembly. The hanger consists of two vertical type onstant Support units plus a pair of channels, back-toback, welded at each end to the hanger casing. In sizing a Type G hanger, it must be remembered that each standard spring unit carries one-half of the total pipe load. urthermore, the weights of the hanger itself must be considered as part of the overall load. Therefore, using one-half the total pipe load, select the required hanger size from the Load Travel Table and add one-half the weight of the size hanger selected to one-half the total pipe load. If the load now exceeds the maximum load at the required total travel for the hanger size selected, it is necessary to go to the next larger hanger. If the pipe line is designed so as not to be centered on the channel, one spring of the trapeze will carry a heavier load than the other and care must be taken in sizing the individual hanger units. The center-tocenter rod dimension must be specified when ordering. The minimum - dimension can be determined as follows: plus Q > Y: (O.. of pipe covering) + 2Q. plus Q < Y: (O.. of pipe covering) + 2 (Y - ). Note: If U-bolt is used to fasten pipe to channels, - of U-bolt tangents plus one washer plate width cannot be greater than - of the hanger rods minus 2 (V minus ). See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Hanger Load (lbs) L E G -9 Not available J Rod 80,00 ia M IG. 80-V, TYPE G: IMENSIONS (IN) N P Q V Y,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 hannel (lbs/ft) Not available Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. Note: See the size selection chart (see page 64 through 6) for the dimension. - 6,0 9,400 Total Travel TT 9,40,400 actors or less 6 or more 4 or less 6 6 or more 8 6 or less 9 6 or more 2 or less 24 or more 0 Min Thread Length,40 8,00 J-Rod Min Rod. ia. + TT 8,0 24, Max Rod ia. 2 + TT + TT 4 + TT 2 Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

174 ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Types, and Model R, s 84 to 0 K HOLE SIZE E E E N T L X K G P RO TKE OUT H R TYPE RO TKE OUT W H R TYPE RO TKE OUT J K HOLE SIZE T S T TYPE M W Note: imensions is a function of total travel ( G + should not be assumed as equal to imension) Types,, and sizes 84 through 0, for large loads and long travels, provide for basically the same methods of upper attachment as sizes 0 to 8 shown Type on page 68, Type page 69 and Type see page 0. Notes: See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. Hanger s Load (lbs) L Type & Type 4,6 8,00 IG. 80-V, TYPES,, SIZES 84 TO 0: IMENSIONS (IN) Type & E Type 8,0 24,00 Type & G Type 24,0,000 H M N P X *Rod take-out = (factor) - (. x TT), for Lever in high position Note: See the size selection chart (page 64 through 6) for the dimension.,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 Total Travel TT 48,00 8,000 actor 8,00 69,000 J - Rod 69,00 8,00 J & K-Rods * * * K-Hole R S T (Type ) T (Type ) W * and larger is furnished with 4 UN series thread. Type Type & Min Thread Length 9 or less or more 64 4 or less or more Rod ia. Min Max PH-.

175 ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H Type Model R Straps E J L J E P J+ " Trapeze Shields & Saddles G H M L RO TKE - OUT Single Rod Suspension (s through 6 only) Roll Guides & Slides J N M Spring Hangers Type of the igure 8- H Horizontal esign Model R onstant Support Hanger is designed for attaching to its supporting member by screwing two rods into tapped holes in the top of the hanger from a distance equal to the P dimension plus ". s to 9 are furnished with swivel eye and turnbuckle instead of yoke and coupling. Hanger s Load (lbs) E G M N P ,00,0 2,40 IG. 8-H TYPE : IMENSIONS (IN) 2,4 4,000 J-RO SELETION HRT 4,00 6, See page 8 *Rod take-out = (factor)-(tt / 2) for lever in high position. 6,0 9,400 Notes: lso available for single rod suspension as indicated above. When ordering specify for single rod suspension. See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. Total Travel TT 9,40,400 L actors 4 or less or more or less or more 2 6 or less or more or less or more or less to or more or less 4 6 or more or less 6 or more ,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000 Min Thread Length,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 Rod * * " is furnished with 4 UN series thread. J-Rod + TT + TT Rod ia. Min Max 2 + TT + TT 4 + TT 2 + TT 2 + TT 48,00 8,000 onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

176 ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H Type Model R E L R H HOLE SIZE K T E W 2W W W R H W H M G L RO TKE - OUT Single Rod Suspension (s through 6 only) J N M Type is furnished with two lugs one at each end of the hanger frame. These lugs permit use of ig. 66 welded beam attachments, clevises or angle clips for attachment where headroom is limited. s to 9 are furnished with swivel eye and turnbuckle instead of yoke and coupling. Notes: lso available for single rod suspension as indicated above. When ordering specify for single rod suspension. See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary form that shown. Hanger s IG. 8-H TYPE : IMENSIONS (IN) E G H M N See page 8 * Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. Total Travel TT L actors 4 or less or more or less or more or less or more or less or more or less to or more or less 42 or more or less 4 4 or more Min Thd Length J-Rod + TT + TT Rod ia. Min Max 2 + TT + TT 4 + TT 2 + TT 2 + TT ** Load (lbs) ,00,0 2,40 J-RO N K-HOLE SELETION HRT 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 J-rod ** K-Hole R T * * W * " for single rod suspension ** " is furnished with 4 UN series thread. 48,00 8,000 6 PH-.

177 ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H Type Model R Straps E L H R HOLE SIZE K W E W/2 2W W R H T S T Trapeze Shields & Saddles G H M L RO TKE - OUT Single Rod Suspension (s through 6 only) Roll Guides & Slides Type is furnished with two pair of lugs, one pair of lugs at each of the hanger frame. These lugs permit the use of two eye rods or two single plates for attachment where headroom is limited. s to 9 are furnished with swivel eye and turnbuckle instead of yoke and coupling. Hanger s Load (lbs) ,00,0 2,40 IG. 8-H TYPE : IMENSIONS (INHES) E G H M N See page 8 * Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. J-RO N K-HOLE SELETION HRT 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 J 6,0 9,400 Notes: lso available for single rod suspension as indicated above. When ordering specify for single rod suspension. See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. Total Travel TT 9,40,400,40 8,00 L actors 4 or less or more or less or more or less or more or less or more or less to or more or less 42 or more or less 2 4 or more ,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 J-Rod ** K-Hole R S T * * W * " for single rod suspension ** " is furnished with 4 UN series thread. N M Min Thd Length J-Rod + TT + TT Rod ia. Min Max 2 + TT + TT 4 + TT 2 + TT 2 + TT 48,00 8,000 Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

178 ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H Type Model R E L OUR HOLES OR OLTS E X Y X G H M L RO TKE - OUT J N M Type may be bolted directly under steel. s to 9 are furnished with swivel eye and turnbuckle instead of yoke and coupling. Notes: See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. Hanger s E G M N X Y IG. 8-H TYPE : IMENSIONS (INHES) ngle racket Hole ia. Total Travel TT L actors Min Thd Length J-Rod Rod ia. Min Max x 2 x x x x x x 4 x x 4 x x 6 x x 6 x 84-0 Not available * Rod take-out = factor - (TT / 2), for lever in high position or less or more or less or more or less or more or less or more or less to or more or less 8 or more or less 4 or more TT + TT 2 + TT + TT 4 + TT 2 + TT 2 + TT Load (lbs) ,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 J-RO SELETION HRT 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 J Rod * * " is furnished with 4 UN series thread. 48,00 8,000 8 PH-.

179 ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H Type E Model R Straps L Trapeze M H M L P Shields & Saddles Type E incorporates two brackets as part of its frame, permitting the bolting of the constant support to the top of structural steel. s to 9 are furnished with swivel eye and turnbuckle instead of yoke and coupling. If rod take-out does not exceed the depth of the supporting steel and rod coupling is required to extend below the steel, Hanger s IG. 8-H TYPE E: IMENSIONS (IN) G M N P X Y ngle x x 8 6 x 2 x 6 x 2 x 6 6 x 2 x specify the depth of the supporting steel. Increase rod take-out by the depth of the steel. Notes: See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. kt. Hole ia x x x x x x 84-0 Refer to page 8 * Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. G K 9 6 J RO TKE - OUT Total Travel TT OUR HOLES OR OLTS L K actors 4 or less or more or less 8 6 or more or less or more or less or more or less to or more or less or more or less 9 or more X Y N Min Thd Length J-Rod + TT + TT Rod ia. Min Max 2 + TT + TT 4 + TT 2 + TT 2 + TT X Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Load (lbs) ,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 J-RO SELETION HRT 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 J Rod * * " is furnished with 4 UN series thread. 48,00 8,000 Technical ata Index 9 PH-.

180 ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H Type Upthrust Model R The Upthrust is for support of piping or equipment from below. It has a base flange for fastening to the floor or beams. The load is supported during hydrostatic testing by means of (4) positioning studs. fter testing the nuts are moved to either end of the stud to prevent interference during operation. The Upthrust constant support is available for loads up to 24,46 (lbs). orrosion resistant units are available either galvanized or carbon-zinc painted or painted with Z. TKE-OUT TOR* T.T s M I. 4 PLES E L N K * TKE OUT Q N * Note: Shorter "" imensions are available upon request. P G H J * or down travel: Take-Out = + (/2) ctual Travel or up travel: Take-Out = - (/2) ctual Travel IG. 8-H TYPE : IMENSIONS (IN) Total E G H J K L M N P Q Travel TT See Take Out PH-.

181 ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H, Types,, and E Model R, s 84 to 0 Straps L K P K G TYPE J E P RO TKE OUT Types,, and sizes 84 to 0, for large loads and long travels, provide for basically the same methods of upper attachment as sizes through 8 shown on page through. Type E is designed for bolting to the top of structural steel, see page 9 for sizes to 8. Notes: See load travel tables, page 64 through 6 for dimension. or weights see page 82. N M T H R W G E RO TKE OUT K HOLE SIZE TYPE K Z TYPE E X " K HOLE SIZE T W S M N Y Q R H T E RO TKE OUT TYPE OUR HOLES /2" RO TKE OUT Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Hanger L Type & Type Type & IG. 8-H, TYPES,, N E: IMENSIONS (IN) E Type Type & & G H K M N P Q X Y Z * Rod take-out = (factor) - (0. x TT), for lever in high position. Type E Total Travel TT 9 or less 0 or more 4 or less 4 or more Type actors Type & Type E Min Thd Lgth J-Rod Rod ia. Min Max 2 2 Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Load (lbs) 4,6 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 48,00 8,000 8,00 69,000 69,00 8,00 J & K-Rods * * * K-Hole R S T (Type ) T (Type ) W * and larger is furnished with 4 UN series thread. Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 8 PH-.

182 ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V and 8-H Weight hart (approx) lbs, each ig 80-V ig 8-H Hanger s Types,,, & E Type G Types,,, & E Type Net Shipping Net Net Shipping Net Shipping to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to 60 66,28,8,24 2 to , ,206,266 to 66 2,406 6,24,0 8 to , ,286,46 6 to ,66 6,2,8 64 to 6,468,68,22,2 66 to 68,68,668,2,42 69 to,6,,40,0 2 to 4,,8,20,620 to 2,60 2,460,90 2,00 8 to 80 2,40 2,0 2,020 2,20 8 to 8 2,0 2,60 2,80 2, to 8 2,2 2,84 2,0 2,40 86 to 88 2,80 2,990 2,4 2, 89 to 90,00,90 2,6 2, 9 to 92,,2 2,40 2,860 9 to 94,2, 2,840 2,960 9 to 98 4,0 4,00,92 4,0 99 to 02 4,6 4,82 4,20 4,400 0 to 06,00,40 4,8,02 0 to 0,800,90,0,00 82 PH-.

183 ONSTNT SUPPORTS onstant Support heck List for Requesting a Quote or Ordering Straps Page of nvil International Precision Park 60 renchtown Rd. North Kingstown, RI 0282 or technical information regarding onstant all or ax: ax Number: (40) Phone Number: (40) Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll inish: Standard Primer: Galvanized: Special oating: Quantity: igure No.: Options a re: 80-V, 8-H or: -80-V, -8-H : Options are: # through #0 ( # through #9 available in 8-H only) Type: Options are: through G* (Type Upthrust available in 8-H only, Type G available in 80-V only) ctual Travel (T): (inches) Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Total Travel (TT)**: (inches) irection of Travel: + (up) or (down) Load: (lbs) J imension (rod diameter): (inches) (Not required for Type ) Mark Number: (If required) Travel Stops: re always Included Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Lifting Lugs: Yes: No: vailable on sizes 0 and larger. Notes: * Type G onstants must also include the -to- dimension & the load per spring. ** Total Travel = ctual travel + or 20% whichever is greater rounded up to the next one half inch increment. Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 8 PH-.

184 ONSTNT HORIZONTL SUPPORTS TRVELER ig. 0 Horizontal Traveler Range: vailable in four sizes to take loads to 20,00 (lbs). ll sizes provide for 2" of horizontal travel. pprovals: omplies with NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 8). eatures: Highly economical Minimum friction Virtually dust proof ompact designed for minimum head room Versatile Installation: Shipped ready for installation. ttach to the supporting steel by welding around the frame. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, name and H dimension, if required. Horizontal travelers will be designed for special loads, travels or dual directional travel upon request. The nvil ig. 0 horizontal traveler facilitates the supporting of piping systems subject to linear horizontal movements where head room is limited. esigned for use with nvil Variable Spring Hangers or onstant it can also be used in conjunction with a rigid type hanger assembly. Refer to ig. S and 2S for additional horizontal traveler designs. L W ield Weld H T Maximum Load IG. 0: LOS (LS) WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Weight H Max L T W, , , ,

185 VIRTION ONTROL & SWY RE ig. 296 ig. 0: with djustable Preload ig. -296, ig. -0: orrosion Resistant Range: Preloads from 0 to,800 pounds and maximum forces from 200 to,200 pounds. inish: Standard finish: painted with semi gloss primer. orrosion resistant: galvanized with coated coil. Service: Recommended for controlling vibration; absorbing shock loading; guiding or restraining the movement of pipe resulting from thermal expansion; bracing a pipe line against sway. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-E (Type ), NSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-8 (Type 0). Installation: Shipped ready for installation (see line cuts of ig. 29, ig. 298, ig. 02 and ig. 0 on page 8 for typical installed hanger assemblies). djustment: The sway brace should be in the neutral position when the system is hot and operating, at which time both spring plates should be in contact with the end plates. If they are not, the sway brace should be adjusted to the neutral position by use of the load coupling. eatures: Vibration is dampened with an instantaneous opposing force bringing the pipe back to normal position. single pre-loaded spring provides two way movement. One spring saves space and simplifies design. Spring has -inch travel in either direction. ccurate neutral adjustment assured. tight fitting connection at rear bracket and clamp. dditional eatures ig. 0: The ig. 0 sway brace is adjustable from the initial preload to the maximum capacity of the unit selected. It is equipped with a load-deflection scale to facilitate preload adjustment. Preload adjustment reduces spring travel accordingly. Ordering: Specify figure, name and sway brace size. The nvil ig. 296 and ig. 0 consist of the sway brace only. vailable corrosion resistant as ig and ig. -0. Preload adjustment ig. 0: Turn the preload adjustment nut until desired preload is indicated. Turn thrust nut until it is in contact with the spring plate. Lock in position. Indicated deflection must be greater than thermal movement. J. NUT EN PLTES SPRING PLTES PRELO J. SLE OUPLING LOK NUT THRUST NUT Sway race Straps Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 8

186 VIRTION ONTROL & SWY RE ig. 296, ig. 0: with djustable Preload ig. -296, ig. -0: orrosion Resistant Sway race (cont.) selection: The nvil Vibration ontrol and Sway race gives full deflection forces from 200 to,200 pounds and has initial precompressed spring forces from 0 to,800 pounds to control vibrations and pipe sway. The amount of force needed to control piping should be in proportion to the mass, amplitude of movement, and nature of disturbing forces acting on the pipe. When it is possible to calculate the exact restraining force required, the size of the Vibration ontrol and Sway race capable of providing this force should be selected. s a general reference, the following sizes have been historically used for the pipe sizes shown: # - " and smaller #2-4" to 8" # - 0" to 6" #4-8" to 24" # and #6 - above 24" Installation: ) attach rear bracket to structure and pipe attachment to piping or equipment. 2) connect coupling to pipe attachment and turn coupling so that spring is compressed in direction opposite to and by approximate amount of piping thermal movement. Important: inal adjustment should be made with the pipe in its hot or operating position. Turn the coupling until both spring plates are in contact with the end plates of the Sway race. When correct tension adjustments are completed, the brace exerts no force on the pipe in its operating position. Under shutdown conditions, the brace allows the pipe to assume its cold position. It exerts a nominal cold strain force equal to the preload force plus the amount of travel from the hot to cold position, times the spring scale of the particular size of the Vibration ontrol and Sway race. EN PLTE EYE R K SPRING PLTE RO OUPLING 2" P L STNR JM NUT 2" M N EYE EN PLTE R K P SPRING PLTE L RO OUPLING STNR JM NUT 2" M 2" N Sway race Preload and Spring Scale (lb/in) ig. 296 ig. 0 IG. 296: LOS WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max orce (lbs) Weight Rod ig. 29 ia. Hole Eye Thickness Length K L M N P R to , , ,0, to ,800, Sway race Preload and Spring Scale (lb/in) IG. 0: LOS WEIGHTS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Max orce (lbs) Weight Rod ig. 02 ia. Hole Eye Thickness Length K L M N P R to , , ,0, to 0 6 6,800, PH-.

187 VIRTION ONTROL & SWY RE ig. 29 and ig. 298 ig. 02 and ig. 0: with djustable Preload ig. -29, ig. -298, ig. -02 and ig. -0: orrosion Resistant The ig. 29 and ig. 02 consist of a structural attachment, two studs, the Sway race, extension piece up to 2' 0" in length as required, and a modified ig. 29 pipe clamp. The ig. 298 and ig. 0 consist of a structural attachment, two studs, the Sway race, adjustable extension piece 2' " in length or over as required, an adapter and a toleranced pipe clamp. Note: In specifying Sway race assemblies where the W dimension exceeds 2' 0" in length, the ig. 298 or ig. 0 assembly is required. Verify that calculated W is within the min/max shown in table. Ordering assemblies: Specify figure number, name, Sway race size, pipe size, W dimension. vailable corrosion resistant as ig. -29, -298, -02 and -0. IG. 29, 298, 02, 0, -29, -298, -02 N -0: IMENSIONS (IN) 4 arbon E & 6 arbon & 6 lloy " PIN IG. 296 ody RER RKET ig 296 " PIN IG. 296 ody RER RKET PIN IG. 0 ody Sway race OVERLL LENGTH W EXTENSION PIEE W IEL WEL Sway race ssembly STU E JUSTLE PTER EXTENSION PIEE OVERLL LENGTH EXTENSION PIEE " RER RKET ig 0 " PIN W IEL WEL IG. 0 ody RER RKET OVERLL LENGTH W PTER STU E JUSTLE EXTENSION PIEE OVERLL LENGTH STU E IG. 29, 298, 02, 0, -29, -298, -02 N -0: IMENSIONS (IN) W ig. 29, 02 ig. 298, 0 Min Max Min Max L L STU E L L IG. 29 IG. 298 IG. 02 IG. 0 Straps Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 8 PH-.

188 SWY STRUT SSEMLY ig. 2, ig. -2 ig. 640, ig. -640: ield Welded Strut Sway Strut ssembly inish: Painted (ig. 2 & ig. 640) or Galvanized (ig. -2 & -640) Service: Used to restrain movement of piping while allowing for movement in the other two directions. Note: Second lock nut available by special request only. How to size: () Select size consistent with max. load to be restrained. (2) to is obtained by subtracting E and from the distance from structural steel to center of pipe. Verify that the calculated to is within the min/max limits. () etermine W dimension by: W=( to )-2. Installation: Shipped assembled. Securely fasten bracket to structure, make necessary adjustment in overall length, and fasten clamp to pipe. eatures: Effective under either tensile or compressive force. Provides " (ig. 2) or 2" (ig. 640) of field adjustment in either direction. Self-aligning bushings permits ± misalignment or angular motion. ushings are coated with a dry lubricant. Ordering: Specify figure number, assembly size, name, option number, normal pipe size or special O.., and W dimension. lloy pipe clamps are available as a special order. or restraint parallel to the pipe axis using two sway strut assemblies, a riser clamp is available. If a riser clamp is required, consult the nearest nvil representative for information about this clamp. Note: The rear bracket assembly can be ordered separately. & E-TKE OUT: IMENSIONS (IN) & Note: "E" imensions are for carbon steel clamps only, with maximum insulation of 4" and temperature of PH-.

189 SWY STRUT SSEMLY ig. 2, ig. -2 ig. 640, ig. -640: ield Welded Strut Sway Strut ssembly Straps Trapeze OPTION T Shields & Saddles Roll R OPTION 2 - ± " OR IG. 2 - ± 2" OR IG. 640 W (W = TO - 2) N E L Guides & Slides Spring Hangers RER RKET (INLUES PIVOT PIN) RO EN (R.H.) LOKING NUT IG. 640 ONLY OPTION EXTENSION PIEE RO EN (L.H.) IG. 2, -2, IG. 640 & IG. -640: LO (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ig. 2 & ig. 640 ig. 2 ig. 640 Load Rod Ext. End Piece N R S T - W Weld - Max Min Max Min Z Max Min , , , , , , , , , , Loads must not be applied outside a 0 included angle cone of action to the pipe clamp axis without special authorization. ig. 640 shipped at maximum length -, field cut to W to suit, unless otherwise specified. S T PIPE LMP (INLUES STU) onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 89 PH-.

190 SWY STRUT SSEMLY ig. 222, -222 Mini-Sway Strut ssembly inish: Painted or Galvanized Service: Used to restrain movement of piping in one direction while allowing movement in the other two directions. How to size: () Select size consistent with max. load to be restrained. (2) to is obtained by subtracting E and from the distance from structural steel to center of pipe. Verify that the calculated to is within the min/max limits. Installation: Shipped assembled. Securely fasten bracket to structure, make necessary adjustment in overall length, and fasten clamp to pipe. eatures: ssembly provides a shorter to dimension. Effective under either tensile or compressive force. Self-aligning bushings permit ± misalignment or angular motion. ushings are coated with a dry lubricant. Ordering: Specify assembly size, figure number, name, finish, pipe O.. or option number, if other than standard, and load. Ex: -, ig. 222 mini sway strut 0 O.. pipe, 60#. lloy pipe clamps are available as a special order. or restraint parallel to the pipe axis using two sway strut assemblies, a riser clamp is available. ontact your nvil representative for information about this clamp. Note: The rear bracket assembly can be ordered separately E-TKE OUT: IMENSIONS (IN) & Note: "E" imensions are for carbon steel clamps only, with maximum insulation of 4" and temperature of PH-.

191 SWY STRUT SSEMLY ig. 222, -222 Mini-Sway Strut ssembly (cont.) Straps T OPTION N OPTION 2 Trapeze Shields & Saddles - E R W - Roll RER RKET PIVOT MOUNT (INLUES PIVOT PIN) RO EN EXTENSION PIEE OPTION S T L PIPE LMP (INLUES STU) SIZES -, -2, - & -2 Spring Hangers Vibration ontrol & Sway race onstant Guides & Slides IG. 222, -222: LOS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ssembly Load - Max Min Max Min W & , Rod End N R S T Nom. 6 2 Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs , Technical ata Loads must not be applied outside a 0 included angle cone of action to the pipe clamp axis without special authorization. Index 9 PH-.

192 SNUERS ig. 06 ig. 0: with Extension Piece Hydraulic Snubber Range: Seven standard sizes with load ratings from 0 to 20,000 pounds. inish: asic unit is corrosion resistant salt bath nitrided. ttachments are painted with semi gloss primer, carbon zinc or other. Service: or use on piping systems or equipment when unrestrained thermal movement must be allowed, but which must ig. 06 be restrained during impulsive or cyclic disturbance. The unit is not effective against low amplitude, high frequency movement. Use with standard settings to prevent destructive response to earthquakes, flow transients or wind load. Special settings are available to absorb the continuous thrust ig. 0 with Extension Piece resulting from safety valve blow-off or pipe rupture. Standard Settings: The standard settings are: Locking (activation) velocity 8 ± 2 in/min. leed rate (post activation) at normal rated load 4 ± in/min. (Special settings are available). The valves are calibrated at the factory within the tolerances indicated at room temperature. Locking velocity and bleed rate will vary with temperature. Testing has indicated that there is little effect of these changes on dynamic operation. eatures: Temperature compensating valves minimize the effects of temperature on lockup and bleed. Pressurized reservoirs ontinuous operation at 0 with brief transients to 0 actory calibrated valves Rapid, positive valve closure Special design minimizes the lost motion which results from the shifting and seating of piston seals Unlocked resisting force is less than pounds for sizes and and less than 2% of rated load for larger sizes Stable non-flammable, long life hydraulic fluid Self-aligning bushings permit ± misalignment or angular motion. ushings are coated with a dry lubricant. hoice of coating (paint, primer, carbo zinc, epoxy, plating or other) for attachments. pplications: irect replacement for ig. 06/0 Pacific Scientific (PS) mechanical snubbers: Exact load ratings, exact pin sizes, exact stroke lengths and exact pin-to-pin dimensions. The cross sectional dimensions of the ig. 06 are based on those of PS to facilitate non-interference one-to-one replacement. Pins, clamps, pivot mounts, extension pieces, and rear brackets used with PS snubbers are compatible with the ig. 06 and can be utilized. New installations: or new installations, the ig. 06 is available with a complete line of pipe clamps and rear brackets. LOS (LS) Stroke (in) Max Load * , 8,00, 0 6, , 2, , ,000 * Loads must not be applied outside a 0 included angle cone of action to the pipe clamp axis without special authorization. 92 PH-.

193 SNUERS ig. 06 ig. 0: with Extension Piece Hydraulic Snubber Straps How to size: () : Use table on the previous page to select size large enough to restrain expected load. (2) Stroke: efine expected movement of the pivot joining the snubber with the equipment to be protected (cold to hot plus any abnormal movements). etermine maximum and minimum distances between this curve and the fixed pivot pin of the snubber. The minimum recommended stroke is 20% greater than the difference between these lengths. Make sure that all normal movement of equipment will be accommodated without the snubber entering the last " (preferably ") of the stroke at either end. Note: If erected position at the snubber s location on the equipment is outside of the range of normal cold-to-hot movement (e.g cold pull of pipe), the snubber should not be installed until after the equipment is in its cold position. This eliminates the need of providing for the extra travel in the snubber s stroke. () Piston position: To aid in measuring the piston position, we have shown a dimension, Z. This dimension represents the distance between the cylinder head and the end of the rod when the rod is fully retracted. Whenever specifying the position at which the piston rod is to be set, the total dimension from the cylinder head to the end of the rod should be given. Thus, piston setting=piston position +Z. (4) ssembly length: etermine the installed dimension by adding the installed piston position (not setting) to minimum. Lay in takeout dimensions E and/or, and find required pin-to-pin snubber length. If a pin-to-pin length adjustment is desired, use ig. 0. alculate the required W dimension by subtracting ( installed + ) from the required pin-to-pin length. If this is less than W minimum, only a ig. 06 can be used, and one of the attachments will have to be moved or shimmed to suit. If a ig. 06 is to be used, make sure that the required pin-to-pin length is at least as great as ( installed + ). If neither a ig. 06 nor a ig. 0 can be accommodated, and the installation cannot be modified, consult your nvil representative about designing a special or modified unit. () Installed piston setting: s indicated previously, the snubber should be installed at its cold piston position if possible. rom the installed position, take extension (outward movement) of the piston rod as positive (+) and retraction as negative (-). Installed piston position = ( Stroke (lgebraic Sum of Movements) ) 2 Ordering: Specify ig. No. Stroke Load old and hot piston settings W dimension when specifying ig. 0 clamp size when specifying option ttachment surface coating Option Option IG. 06 & 0 OPTIONS onsists of ig 06: asic unit (snubber) with pivot mount and one rear bracket. 0 ig. 0: asic unit with extension piece and one rear bracket. Option 0 plus cylinder eye. 2 Option 0 plus cylinder eye and additional rear bracket. Option 0 plus cylinder eye and pipe clamp. Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 9 PH-.

194 SNUERS ig. 06 ig. 0: with Extension Piece Hydraulic Shock and Sway Suppressor (cont.) X R L P P PPLIES TO SIZES /4-0 EMLE THRE H OR SIZES - 00 MLE THRE OR SIZES /4 - EPTH G PISTON SETTING Z X IG. 06 (OPTION 0) OVER-LL SSEMLY LENGTH R ±.00 W M L P E Q R IG. 0 (OPTION 0) OPTION N T OPTION T Q R L S K I. T OPTION NOTE: YLINER EYE MY E ROTTE TO NY POSITION OLT PLTE (SIZES - 0) SETION X X 94 PH-.

195 SNUERS ig. 06 ig. 0: with Extension Piece Hydraulic Snubber (cont.) Straps Snubber Stroke IG 06, 0 IMENSIONS (IN) * G H K L M ia ia ia N P Q R Ref Max S T W Min Mid Max ia Min Max N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ * dapters are available to match existing pin-to-pins. Max Pin to Pin Z Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant IG 06, 0 IMENSIONS (IN) E-Take Out lamp Stock * Snubber Snubber & 0 & x x x 4 x 2 x 2 x x x 2 x x x x 2 x x x x 2 x x 2 x x 2 x x 2 x x 2 x x 2 x 2 x x x 2 x 2 x x x x 2 x 2 x 4 x 6 x 6 2 x 2 x x x x 2 x x x 6 x x x x x x x 6 x x x x x x 4 x x x x 4 x 6 x x x x x x 0 * Intermediate sizes between 20 and 6 are available and will have the take out and stock of the next larger size. Note: "E" imensions are for carbon steel clamps only, with maximum insulation of 4" and temperature of 60. Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 9 PH-.

196 SNUERS ig. 200, ig ig. 20, ig. -20: with Extension Piece Hydraulic Snubber Range: Seven standard sizes with cylinder bores of " to 8" and with normal load ratings from,000 pounds to 28,000 pounds. ll are available with ", 0", ", or 20" strokes except the " size which is offered with and 0 strokes only. Snubbers are available with integral or remote reservoirs. inish: ig. 200/20 painted with semi gloss primer. ig. -200/-20 corrosion resistant; painted with carbo zinc. Service: or use on piping systems or equipment when unrestrained thermal movement must be allowed, but which must be restrained during impulsive or cyclic disturbance. The unit is not effective against low amplitude, high frequency movement. Use with standard settings to prevent destructive response to earthquakes, flow transients or wind load. Special settings are available to absorb the continuous thrust resulting from safety valve blow-off or pipe rupture. Standard settings: The standard settings are: Locking (activation) velocity 8 + /- 2 in/min. leed rate (post activation) at normal rated load 4 + /- in/min. (Special settings are available). The valves are calibrated at the factory within the tolerances indicated at room temperature. Locking velocity and bleed rate will vary with temperature. Testing has indicated that there is little effect of these changes on dynamic operation. eatures: hoice of valve type djustable permits field adjustments Temperature compensating minimizes the effects of temperature on lockup and bleed hoice of reservoir type Transparent continuous operation at 200 with brief transients to 20 Metal or pressurized metal allows brief transients to 40 Pressurized eliminates the concern of reservoir orientation relative to valve and cylinder minimizes internal contamination Remote actory calibrated valves Rapid, positive valve closure Special design minimizes the lost motion which results from the shifting and seating of piston seals Unlocked resisting force is less than % of rated load Stable, non-flammable, long life hydraulic fluid made highly visible for ease of inspection Self-aligning bushings permit ± misalignment or angular motion. ushings are coated with a dry lubricant. hoice of coating (paint, primer, carbo zinc, epoxy, plating or other) LOS (LS) ylinder (in) Max Load * (" stroke),000 (0" stroke),20 2 (", 0", " stroke) 2,00 2 (20" stroke) 0,00 2, ,000 0, , ,000 * Loads must not be applied outside a 0 included angle cone of action to the pipe clamp axis without special authorization. 96 PH-.

197 SNUERS ig. 200, ig. 20 Hydraulic Snubber (cont.) Straps Upgrade Kits: Kits are available to upgrade existing snubbers with temperature compensating valves and/or pressurized reservoir. How to size: () ylinder size: Use table on page 99 to select cylinder bore size large enough to restrain expected load. (2) Stroke: efine expected movement of the pivot joining the suppressor with the equipment to be protected (cold to hot plus any abnormal movements). etermine maximum and minimum distances between this curve and the fixed pivot pin of the snubber. The minimum recommended stroke is 20% greater than the difference between these lengths. Note: If erected position at the snubber s location on the equipment is outside of the range of normal cold-to-hot movement (e.g. cold pull of pipe), the snubber should not be installed until after the equipment is in its cold position. This eliminates the need of providing for the extra travel in the snubber s stroke. or 2 " through 8" snubbers, standard strokes are ", 0", ", and 20". or the " snubber, " and 0" are the only standard strokes. () Installed piston setting: s indicated previously, the snubber should be installed at its cold piston position if possible. rom the installed position, take extension (outward movement) of the piston rod as positive (+) and retraction as negative (-). (4) Installed piston position = ( Stroke (lgebraic Sum of Movements) ) 2 To aid in measuring the piston position, we have shown a dimension, Z. This dimension represents the distance between the cylinder head and the end of the rod when the rod is fully retracted. Whenever specifying the position at which the piston rod is to be set, the total dimension from the cylinder head to the end of the rod should be given. Thus, Piston Setting = Piston Position + Z. () ssembly length: etermine the installed dimension by adding the installed piston position (not setting) to minimum. Lay in take out dimensions E and/or, and find required pin-to-pin snubber length. If a pin-to-pin length adjustment is desired, use ig. 20. alculate the required W dimension by subtracting ( installed + ) from the required pin-to-pin length. If this is less than W minimum, only a ig. 200 can be used, and one of the attachments will have to be moved or shimmed to suit. If a ig. 200 is to be used, make sure that the required pin-to-pin length is at least as great as ( installed + ). If neither a ig. 200 nor a ig. 20 can be accommodated, and the installation cannot be modified, consult your nvil representative about designing a special or modified unit. Ordering: XXX Option Ordering: Specify part number as follows: X XX XXXX Reservoir Orientation O=oes not apply for pressurized or remote U=Rod up =Rod down or horizontal Reservoir Type L=Transparent (Polycarbonate) M=Metal (limited applications) P=Pressurized R=Remote Valve Type =djustable T=Temperature ompensating Option (0,,2, or ), See Option Table elow Stroke (, 0,, 20) ylinder : ( yl.) 2 (2 yl.) ( yl.) 4 (4yl.) (yl.) 6 (6yl.) 8 (8 yl.) igure No. (200 or 20), lso Specify: W imension when Specifying ig 20 lamp when Specifying Option Surface oating old and Hot Piston Settings. IG. 200 & IG. 20 OPTIONS onsists of ig 200: asic unit (snubber) with pivot mount and one rear bracket. 0 ig. 20: asic unit with extension piece and one rear bracket. Option 0 plus cylinder eye. 2 Option 0 plus cylinder eye and additional rear bracket. Option 0 plus cylinder eye and pipe clamp. Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 9 PH-.

198 IG. 200 HYRULI SHOK & SWY SUPPRESSOR SIZE OL P.S. STROKE HOT P.S. SERIL NO. USTOMERS MRK NO U.S. PTENT NO SNUERS ig. 200, ig. 20 Hydraulic Snubber (cont.) VENT PORT I L K R X IG. 200 HYRULI SHOK & SWY SUPPRESSOR SIZE OL P.S. STROKE HOT P.S. SERIL NO. USTOMERS MRK NO EMLE THRE "H" OR 2 /2"-8" YL. MLE THRE OR /2" YLINER EPTH "G" PISTON SETTING U.S. PTENT NO SETION X-X X IG. 200 (OPTION 0) Z OVER-LL SSEMLY LENGTH ± /2" W E R T IG. 20 (OPTION 0) Q R OPTION N 0 NOTE: YLINER EYE MY E ROTTE TO NY POSITION OPTION 2 T Q R 0 L S T OPTION 98 PH-.

199 SNUERS ig. 200, ig. 20 Hydraulic Snubber (cont.) Straps IG 200, 20: WEIGHT (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) ylinder ig. I W 200 G H K L N Q R S T ore Stroke Metal Trans. Press Wt. Min Mid Max Res. Res. Res. Min Max N/ IG 200, 20: IMENSIONS (IN) E-Take Out lamp Stock ylinder ore ylinder ore x x 2 2 x x 2 x x 2 x x 2 4 x x x x 2 x x x 2 x x 4 x x x 2 x x x x x 2 x 4 x 6 x x 2 x 2 x x x 6 x x 2 x x x x 6 6 x x 6 x x x x x x 6 x x x x x x 6 x 8 x x 4 x x x 6 x 9 x x 4 x 6 x 6 x 8 x 8 x x x x 6 x 9 x 0 x 0 Note: "E" imensions are for carbon steel clamps only, with maximum insulation of 4" and temperature of 60. Z 2 Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 99 PH-.

200 SNUERS ig. 2 Tapered Pin Range: " through 2 " Service: Used as a replacement to standard rear bracket load pin to facilitate easy removal at time of rebuild or testing. May be supplied with new orders, when specified. How to size: Select size consistent with load pin diameter for ig. 200/20 or ig. 06/0. eatures: esigned to sharply reduce the time necessary to remove a badly corroded conventional pin and may also eliminate damage to the bushing and bracket assembly, particularly if the pin and bracket are corroded. Minimizes free play between pin to pin. Ordering: Specify figure number, nominal pin size and name. Installation: Shipped assembled. Remove nuts and washer. Loosen sleeve on pin and install sleeve/pin. Re-install washer and one nut. Tighten hex nut to snug. Install second nut. L (RE) T (NOMINL) IG 2: LOS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Nominal ia. T Max Load L ompatible With ig. 200/20 ig. 06/ &,00 2 6,000, , , , , , The load must be applied by a spherical bearing. 200 PH-.

201 SPEIL ESIGN PROUTS ig. 8 S Half lamp Straps This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil Intl. for further information and how to order. L Shields & Saddles Trapeze ig. S This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil Intl. for further information and how to order sizes not shown. Local pipe wall stress should be evaluated. 2 Rod IG. S: IMENSIONS (IN) Rod Take Out 6 T R H Max. ia * ased on maximum 4" insulation. 6 Welding Lug for L.R. Elbow R Max. iam. H T - Thickness Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly ig. S This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil Intl. for further information and how to order. The nvil ig. S horizontal traveler facilitates the supporting of piping systems subject to linear horizontal movements where head room is limited. esigned for use with nvil Variable Spring Hangers or onstant it can also be used in conjunction with a rigid type hanger assembly. ouble Roll Horizontal Traveler Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Index Technical ata Master ormat Part Specs PH-.

202 SPEIL ESIGN PROUTS ig. 2 S ual irection Horizontal Traveler This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil International for further information and how to order. The nvil ig. 2S Horizontal Traveler facilitates the supporting of piping systems subject to dual directional horizontal movements where head room is limited. esigned for use with nvil Variable Spring Hangers or onstant, it can also be used in conjunction with a rigid type hanger assembly. ig. S lat Roller With Saddle This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil Intl. for further information and how to order. sizes 4" through 42" Note: Type Saddle - If attached to alloy pipe, furnish material specification applicable to the pipe. (lloy ars furnished for attachment to alloy pipe only.) L O PIPE with Type Saddle with Type Saddle ig. 6 S abricated Roller for Large iameter This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil International for further information and how to order. Installation: The two piece fabricated roller is designed for one of the two rollers on each side of the assembly to be in contact with the pipe. IG. 6S: LOS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN) Steel Max E Load , , IG. 6S: LOS (LS) IMENSIONS (IN).I./.I. Max Load E , , /2 /4 L O PIPE /6 4 /6 L O PIPE E LL IMENSIONS TYPIL 202 PH-.

203 SPEIL ESIGN PROUTS ig. 40 S Riser lamp Straps Material: arbon steel chrome molybdenum or stainless steel. inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: s required. Ordering: Specify figure number 40S, riser clamp special design, material, exact pipe size, load, operating temperature, insulation thickness, - dimension, rod diameter, finish and if connected to a spring or rigid connection. Service: Riser clamps are used for the support of vertical piping. Load is carried by shear lugs which are welded to the pipe. Shear lugs not provided. S K L OLT IM. LENGTH "" PIPE SPER Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides * to * Spring Hangers ig. 4 S Ordering: Specify ig. 4S double bolt pipe clamp, material specification, pipe size, load, operating temperature, insulation thickness and finish. lloy clamps, unless otherwise specified, will be furnished with alloy studs made from STM 9- stud stock and STM 94-Gr. 2H hex nuts. Non-Standard Three olt lamp OLT I. N LENGTH S E onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products L pplication Examples H Index Technical ata Master ormat Part Specs PH-.

204 SPEIL ESIGN PROUTS ig. 42 S Non-Standard Two olt lamp Ordering: Specify ig. 42S pipe clamp, material specification, pipe size, load, temperature and finish. lloy clamps, unless otherwise specified, will be furnished with alloy studs made from STM 9- stud stock and STM 94-Gr. 2H hex nuts. OLT/STU IMETER E L H 204 PH-.

205 PPLITION SSEMLY EXMPLES onstant Hanger ssemblies Straps 80V TYPE V TYPE Trapeze Shields & Saddles 40, , 29, 29H - (NEEE) 40, Roll 40 Guides & Slides ig_80v_type_.wg,.x, or.eps ig_80v_type_.wg,.x, or.eps 80V TYPE Spring Hangers L 29 80V TYPE E onstant 80 V TYPE 40, 46 40, , Vibration ontrol & Sway race 224, , 29, 29H 29, 29, 29H Sway Strut ssembly ig_80v_type_.wg,.x, or.eps ig_80v_type_.wg,.x, or.eps ig_80v_type_e.wg,.x, or.eps Snubbers - (NEEE) , , 46 8-H TYPE , 46 8-H TYPE Special esign Products pplication Examples S 80 V TYPE G , , 29, 29H 224, ig_80v_type_g.wg,.x, or.eps ig_8h_type 224.WG,.X, or.eps ig_8h_type 29.WG,.X, or.eps Each of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file. Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 20 PH-.

206 PPLITION SSEMLY EXMPLES onstant Hanger ssemblies (continued) 66 8-H TYPE 66 8-H TYPE LUG 29 8-H TYPE 40, , 29, 29H 40, S WEL LUG 40, , 29, 29H ELOW ig_8h_type 29.WG,.X, or.eps ig_8h_type S.WG,.X, or.eps ig_8h_type_.wg,.x, or.eps 8-H TYPE 40, S WEL LUG ELOW 8 H TYPE ig_8h_type_.wg,.x, or.eps ig_8h_type_.wg,.x, or.eps Each of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file. 206 PH-.

207 PPLITION SSEMLY EXMPLES Spring Hanger ssemblies Straps 60 Guides & Slides , 46 82, 268, 98 TYPE , 46 82, 268, 98 TYPE 40, 46 82, 268, 98 TYPE Trapeze Shields & Saddles 40, , 26 40, , 29, 29H 40, , 29, 29H Roll SH_Type 22.WG,.X, or.eps , 46 82, 268, 98 TYPE 40, S WEL LUG SH_Type 29.WG,.X, or.eps 60 40, 46 82, 268, 98 TYPE 40, S WEL LUG SH_Type 60.WG,.X, or.eps - (NEEE) , 46 82, 268, 98 TYPE 40, Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly ELOW SH_Type S.WG,.X, or.eps SH_Type S_60.WG,.X, or.eps SH_Type Riser.WG,.X, or.eps ELOW Snubbers 66 82, 268, 98 TYPE 66 82, 268, 98 TYPE L 29 82, 268, 98 TYPE Special esign Products pplication Examples 40, , 29, 29H 40, S WEL LUG 40, , 26 Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata SH_Type 29.WG,.X, or.eps SH_Type S.WG,.X, or.eps SH_Type 22.WG,.X, or.eps Each of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file. ELOW Index 20 PH-.

208 PPLITION SSEMLY EXMPLES Spring Hanger ssemblies (continued) L L 29 82, 268, 98 TYPE 82, 268, 98 TYPE 82, 268, 98 TYPE 82, 268, 98 TYPE 40, , 29, 29H 40, S WEL LUG 40, , 29, 29H 40, S WEL LUG ELOW ELOW SH_Type 29.WG,.X, or.eps SH_Type S.WG,.X, or.eps SH_Type 29.WG,.X, or.eps SH_Type S.WG,.X, or.eps 82, 268, 98 TYPE E PIPE STNHION 6 PIPE SLIE UL ROLLERS 40, , 29, 29H 82, 268, 98 TYPE 82, 268, 98 TYPE, WITH PIPE ROLL 82, 268, 98 TYPE SH_Type_E.WG,.X, or.eps SH_Type Slide.WG,.X, or.eps SH_Type Roller.WG,.X, or.eps SH_Type 6.WG,.X, or.eps ELOW PIPE STNHION 62 - (NEEE) (NEEE) , 46 40, 46 S 82, 268, 98 TYPE , 268, 98 TYPE G 82, 268, 98 TYPE G SH_Type 62.WG,.X, or.eps SH_Type_G.WG,.X, or.eps SH_Type_G_60-S.WG,.X, or.eps Each of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file PH-.

209 PPLITION SSEMLY EXMPLES Rigid Hanger ssemblies Straps - (NEEE) , , , , 29, 29H IG. 20 TURNUKLE N IG. 2 RO MY E E OR VERTIL JUSTMENT 40, S WEL LUG Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll ELOW Guides & Slides RH_40_290_20_Riser.WG,.X, or.eps RH_22_290_40_66.WG,.X, or.eps RH_29_290_20.WG,.X, or.eps RH_S_299_290.WG,.X, or.eps 60 Spring Hangers 66 LUG 299 LUG 299 onstant 40, , , 26 40, , 26 40, , 29, 29H Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly RH_260_40_60.WG,.X, or.eps RH_22_290.WG,.X, or.eps RH_22_290_299_.WG,.X, or.eps RH_29_290_299_.WG,.X, or.eps Snubbers - (NEEE) , S 40, 46 4 K/K HNNEL SIZE Y USTOMERS TO MEET LO REQ. LTERNTE ORIENTTION O S/PIPE - (NEEE) 60 S 40, 46 4 K/K HNNEL SIZE Y USTOMERS TO MEET LO REQ. LTERNTE ORIENTTION O S/PIPE Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs RH_4_S_66_Trapeze.WG,.X, or.eps RH_4_S_60_Trapeze.WG,.X, or.eps Each of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file. Technical ata Index PH-.

210 PPLITION SSEMLY EXMPLES Rigid Hanger ssemblies (continued) , 9 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 40, , 260 6, T-6, 260 6, T-6, RH_8 28.WG,.X, or.eps RH_6_6 28.WG,.X, or.eps RH_6 28.WG,.X, or.eps RH_6_6_92.WG,.X, or.eps 228, , , HOT SERVIE UP TO 4" INSULTION 40, 46 40, 46 40, , 29, 29H 40, , 26 69, T-69, 0 RH_29_290_228.WG,.X, or.eps RH_260_228.WG,.X, or.eps RH_22_290_228.WG,.X, or.eps RH_69 28.WG,.X, or.eps 92, 9, , , 46 HOT SERVIE UP TO 4" INSULTION 6, T-6, , T-69, 0 40, , 29, 29H 40, , 29, 29H RH_6_86.WG,.X, or.eps RH_69_92.WG,.X, or.eps RH_29_290_60.WG,.X, or.eps RH_29_290_66.WG,.X, or.eps Each of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file. 20 PH-.

211 PPLITION SSEMLY EXMPLES Rigid Hanger ssemblies (continued) Straps IG. 20 TURNUKLE N IG. 2 RO MY E E OR VERTIL JUSTMENT 40, 46 MEIUM SERVIE MX. SERVIE TEMP. 60 OR PIPE LMP 40, 46 Trapeze Shields & Saddles 40, , , 26 Roll 6 Guides & Slides RH_260_290_66.WG,.X, or.eps RH_6_6_60.WG,.X, or.eps RH_22_290_60.WG,.X, or.eps Spring Hangers 28, 282, 28 28, 282, 28 28, 282, 28 onstant 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 Vibration ontrol & Sway race 69, T-69, 0 6, T-6, 260 6, 260 6, SEE SELETION HRT RH_69_28_I.WG,.X, or.eps RH_6_28_I.WG,.X, or.eps RH_6_6_28_I.WG,.X, or.eps Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 pplication Examples 69, T-69, 0 6, T-6, 260 RH_69_60.WG,.X, or.eps RH_60_8_60.WG,.X, or.eps RH_6_260_60.WG,.X, or.eps (" INSUL.) 6 ( 2" INSUL.) 62 (2" INSUL.) 6 (2 2" INSUL.) 64 (" INSUL.) 6 (4" INSUL.) Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index Each of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file. 2 PH-.

212 PPLITION SSEMLY EXMPLES Rigid Hanger ssemblies (continued) 40, (" INSULTION) 6 ( 2" INSULTION) 62 (2" INSULTION) 6 (2 2" INSULTION) 64 (" INSULTION) 6 (4" INSULTION) 60 (" INSULTION) 6 ( 2" INSULTION) 62 (2" INSULTION) 6 (2 2" INSULTION) 64 (" INSULTION) 6 (4" INSULTION) 40, 46 2 RH 60_Trapeze.WG,.X, or.eps RH_2_60_Support.WG,.X, or.eps RH Trapeze.WG,.X, or.eps 40, 46 2 RH Support.WG,.X, or.eps RH_2_Support.WG,.X, or.eps RH Support.WG,.X, or.eps Each of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file. 22 PH-.

213 PIPE HNGER SPEIITIONS. SOPE This specification shall apply for the design and fabrication of all hangers, supports, anchors, and guides. Where piping design is such that exceptions to this specification are necessary, the particular system will be identified, and the exceptions clearly listed through an addendum which will be made a part of the specification. 2. ESIGN (a) ll supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the SME ode for Pressure Piping. and MSS Standard Practice SP-8, SP-69, SP-89 and SP-90 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification. (b). esigns generally accepted as exemplifying good engineering practice, using stock or production parts, shall be utilized wherever possible. (c) ccurate weight balance calculations shall be made to determine the required supporting force at each hanger location and the pipe weight load at each equipment connection. (d) hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. They shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being introduced into the pipe or connected equipment. (e) Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps. (f) or critical high-temperature piping, at hanger locations where the vertical movement of the piping is " or more, or where it is necessary to avoid the transfer of load to adjacent hangers or connected equipment, pipe hangers shall be an approved constant support design, as nvil ig. 80-V and ig. 8-H onstant Support Hangers, or equal. Where transfer of load to adjacent hangers or equipment is not critical, and where the vertical movement of the piping is less than ", Variable Spring Hangers may be used, provided the variation in supporting effect does not exceed 2% of the calculated piping load through its total vertical travel. (g) The total travel for onstant Support Hangers will be equal to actual travel plus 20%. In no case will the difference between actual and total travel be less than ". The onstant Support Hanger will have travel scales on both sides of the support frame to accommodate inspections. (h) onstant Support Hanger should be individually calibrated before shipment to support the exact load specified. The calibration record of constant support shall be maintained for a period of 20 years to assist the customer in any redesign of the piping system. Witness marks shall be stamped on the Load djustment Scale to establish factory calibration reference point. (i) In addition to the requirements of STM 2 all alloy springs shall be shot peened and examined by magnetic particle. The spring rate tolerance shall be ±%. ll three critical parameters (free height, spring rate and loaded height) of spring coils must be tested for. Each spring coiled must be purchased with a.m.t.r. and be of domestic manufacture. (j) onstant should have a wide range of load adjustability. No less than 0% of this adjustability should be provided either side of the calibrated load for plus or minus field adjustment. Load adjustment scale shall be provided to aid the field in accurate adjustment of loads. dditionally, the constant support should be designed so that load adjustments can be made with-out use of special tools and not have an impact on the travel capabilities of the supports. (k) onstant shall be furnished with travel stops which shall prevent upward and downward movement of the hanger. The travel stops will be factory installed so that the hanger level is at the cold position. The travel stops will be of such design as to permit future re-engagement, even in the event the lever is at a position other than cold, without having to make hanger adjustments. (l) or non-critical, low temperature systems, where vertical movements up to 2" are anticipated, an approved precompressed Variable Spring design similar to nvil ig may be used. Where movements are of a small magnitude, spring hangers similar to nvil ig. 82 may be used. (m) Each Variable Spring shall be individually calibrated at the factory and furnished with travel stops. Spring coils must be square to within to insure proper alignment. Each spring coil must be purchased with a.m.t.r. and be of domestic manufacture. (n) ll rigid rod hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. (o) Where the piping system is subject to shock loads, such as seismic disturbances or thrusts imposed by the actuation of safety valves, hanger design shall include provisions for rigid restraints or shock absorbing devices of approved design, such as nvil ig. 200 shock and sway suppressor, or equal. Straps Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Index Technical ata Master ormat Part Specs. 2 PH-.

214 PIPE HNGER SPEIITIONS (p) Selection of vibration control devices shall not be part of the standard hanger contract. If vibration is encountered after the piping system is in operation, appropriate vibration control equipment shall be installed. (q) Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only (see page 2). t hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing. (r) Where horizontal piping movements are greater than " and where the hanger rod angularly from the vertical is less than or equal to 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe, the hanger pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position. When the hanger rod angularity is greater than 4 degrees from vertical, then structural attachment will be offset so that at no point with the rod angularity exceed 4 degrees from vertical. (t) Hangers shall be spaced in accordance with Table and Table 2 on page 22. (u) Where practical, riser piping shall be supported independently of the connected horizontal piping. support attachments to the riser piping shall be riser clamp lugs. Welded attachments shall be of material comparable to that of the pipe, and designed in accordance with governing codes. (v), guides, and anchors shall be so designed that excessive heat will not be transmitted to the building steel. The temperature of supporting parts shall be based on a temperature gradient of 00 per inch distance from the outside surface of the pipe. (w) Hanger components shall not be used for purposes other than for which they were designed. They shall not be used for rigging and erection purposes. (x) Hydraulic Snubbers - The hydraulic units shall have a temperature stable control valve. The valve shall provide a locking and bleed rate velocity that provides for tamper proof settings. The fluid level indicator for exact reading of reservoir fluid level in any snubber orientation. piping. The suppressor shall have a means of regulating the amount of movement under shock conditions up to the design load for faulted conditions without release of fluid. The suppressor design shall include a fluid bleed system to assure continued free thermal movement after the shock force subsides. The suppressor shall have a hard surfaced, corrosion resistant piston rod supported by a rod bushings and shall be designed so that it is capable of exerting the required force in tension and compression, utilizing the distance. (y) Paint - Variable Spring and onstant Support units will be furnished painted with Stewart ros. Green Semi-Gloss Primer (#299). ll other material will receive one shop coat of a red chromate primer meeting the requirements of ederal Specification TT-P-66. or corrosive conditions hangers will be galvanized or painted with carbo-zinc #. (z) ll threads are UN unless otherwise specified. Hanger esign Service Hanger for piping 2 " and larger, and all spring support for assemblies, shall be completely engineered. (a) Engineered hanger assemblies shall be detailed on 8 " x " sheets. Each sketch will include a location plan showing the location of the hanger in relation to columns of equipment. Each sketch will include an exact bill of material for the component parts making up each assembly. (b) Each engineered hanger assembly will be individually bundled and tagged as far as practical, ready for installation. Hanger material for piping 2" and smaller shall be shipped as loose material, identified by piping system only. piping drawing marked with approximate hanger locations and types, and hanger sketches showing typical support arrangements will be furnished. (c) Hanger inspections shall be performed in accordance with MSS-SP-89 (Section.), SME. (ppendix V), and SME Section III Subsection N (N-000). The valve device shall offer a minimum amount of resistance to thermal movement. ny shock force shall cause the suppressor valve to close. With the suppressor valve closed the fluid flow shall essentially stop, thereby causing the unit to resist and absorb the disturbing forces. fter the disturbing forces subside, the suppressor valve shall open again to allow free thermal movement of the 24 PH-.

215 MSTER ORMT PRT SPEIITION Section 060 Hangers and Straps PRT GENERL. SETION INLUES. Hangers and supports for mechanical piping, ducting and equipment..2 RELTE SETIONS. ivision Section: ast-in-place oncrete.. ivision Section: Structural Steel.. ivision Section: Metal abrications.. REERENES. merican Society of Mechanical Engineers (SME):.. - Power Piping (SI Edition) hemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping uilding Services Piping.. STM International (STM):. 6 - Standard Specification for arbon Structural Steel Standard Specification for erritic Malleable Iron astings Standard Specification for Gray Iron astings Standard Specification for, Steel, lack and Hot-ipped, Zinc-oated, Welded and Seamless Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-ip Galvanized) oatings on Iron and Steel Products Standard Specification for hromium and hromium-nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General pplications Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, lloy Steel, hromium-molybdenum Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, arbon Steel, for Intermediate-and Higher-Temperature Service Standard Specification for uctile Iron astings Standard Specification for Steel ars, arbon, Merchant Quality, M-Grades Standard Specification for Steel orgings, arbon and lloy, for General Industrial Use Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, arbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-lloy and High- Strength Low-lloy with Improved ormability Standard Specification for Electrodeposited oatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.. Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and ittings Industry (MSS) Standard Practices:. SP-8 Hangers and - Materials, esign and Manufacture. 2. SP-69 Hangers and - Selection and pplication.. SP- Guidelines for Support ontractual Relationships. 4. SP-89 Hangers and - abrication and Installation Practices.. SP-90 Guidelines on Terminology for Hangers and. 6. SP-2 racing for Piping Systems Seismic-Wind-ynamic esign, Selection, pplication..4 SYSTEM ESRIPTION. ontractor General Requirements:. Incorporate in construction pipe hangers and supports to manufacturer s recommendations utilizing manufacturer s regular production components, parts and assemblies. 2. omply with maximum load ratings with consideration for allowable stresses prescribed by SME. or MSS SP-8.. Provide supports, guides and anchors that do not transmit unacceptable heat and vibration to building structure. 4. The selection of pipe hangers and supports shall be based upon the overall design concept of the piping systems and any special requirements, which may be called for in the specifications. The support systems shall provide for, and control, the free or intended movement of the piping including its movement in relation to that of connected equipment. (Extracted from NSI/ MSS-SP69, 200, Page, Section 4.2, with permission of the publisher, the Manufacturers Standardization Society.). Provide for vertical adjustments after installation of supported material and during commissioning, where feasible, to ensure pipe is at design elevation and slope.. Selection of Hangers and for Movement:. Select hangers and supports to perform under all conditions of operation, allowing free expansion and contraction, and to prevent excessive stresses being introduced into piping system and connected equipment. 2. ngularity of rod hanger resulting from horizontal movement of the piping system from cold to hot positions shall not to exceed 4 degrees from vertical.. Where horizontal pipe movement is greater than /2 inch (2. mm), offset pipe hanger and support so that rod hanger is vertical in hot position. 4. Where significant vertical movement of the pipe occurs at the hanger location, a resilient support must be used. Selection of Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 2 PH-.

216 MSTER ORMT PRT SPEIITION Section 060 Hangers and resilient supports shall be based on permissible load variation and effects on adjacent equipment. Support selection for typical load variations are shown in Table 2 of MSS-SP-69. Load and movement calculations shall be made for the proper selection of spring hangers. Vertical movement and load transfer from riser expansion to horizontal runs shall be given consideration when applying spring hangers. Spring ushion Hangers may be used where vertical movement does not exceed /4 inch (6 mm), and where formal load and movement calculations are not required. Variable spring Hangers shall be used for all other resilient support requirements. onstant Support Hangers shall be used on piping systems where the deviation in supporting force must be limited to 6 percent and which cannot be accommodated by a Variable Spring Hanger. (Extracted from NSI/MSS-SP69, 200, Page, Section.4 and.4. to.4., inclusive, with permission of the publisher, the Manufacturers Standardization Society.). Hanger Spacing: (Extracted from NSI/MSS-SP69, 200, Page 8, Table, with permission of the publisher, the Manufacturers Standardization Society.) TLE Maximum Horizontal Hanger and Support Spacing Nominal Std Wt Steel opper Tube ire or Protection Tube Water Service Vapor Service Water Service Vapor Service in. mm ft. m ft. m ft. m ft. m (6).. (0) () (20) (2) (2) (40) (0) (6) (80) (90) (00) (2) (0) (200) (20) (00) (0) (400) (40) (00) (600) (0) ollow requirements of the National ire Protection ssociation See Section 4. uctile Iron 20 ft. (6. m) max spacing; min of one () hanger per pipe section close to the joint behind the bell and at change of direction and branch connections. or pipe sizes six (6) inches (0 mm) and under, installed on SME projects, that are subjected to loadings other than weight of pipe and contents, the span should be limited to the maximum spacing for water service steel pipe. ast Iron Soil 0 ft. (.0 m) max spacing; min of one () hanger per pipe section close to joint on the barrel also at change of direction and branch connections Glass 8 ft. (2.4 m) max spacing, follow pipe manufacturer s recommendations See Section. Plastic ollow pipe manufacturer s recommendations for material and service condition. See Section 8. iberglass Reinforced Notes: () or spacing supports incorporating type 40 shields, see table. (2) oes not apply where span calculations are made or where there are concentrated loads between supports such as flanges, valves, specialties, etc. or changes in direction requiring additional supports. () Unbalanced forces of hydrostatic or hydrodynamic origin (thrust forces) unless restrained externally can result in pipe movement and separation of joints if the joints of the system are not of a restrained joint design. See Section.. ollow pipe manufacturer s recommendations for material and service condition. See Section 9.. ttachments for Insulated Lines:. The connections to pipe attachments shall be outside the insulation so that movement of the line shall not cause damage to the insulation. Insulation protection shields shall be provided to protect the vapor barrier of the insulation on cold lines. Under no circumstances shall hangers, supports or guides be applied directly to horizontal pipe or tubing on vapor barrier lines. or cryogenic piping systems, shields incorporating rigid, high-density polyurethane foam inserts or other load bearing insulation should be used. The support should include means for maintaining vapor barrier integrity. ecause of the temperature/compressive strength relationship of polyurethane foam, the recommended shield designs must be selected to accommodate loading conditions at both the installation and operating temperature. (Extracted from NSI/MSS-SP69, 200, Page 0, Section 0 and 0. to 0., inclusive, with permission of the publisher, the Manufacturers Standardization Society.) 2. eviation to the above is permissible when the nvil ig 260 ISS (Insulation Saddle System) is used when proper insulating techniques are employed including the use of mastic and caulk on all insulation edges, and final taping. 26 PH-.

217 MSTER ORMT PRT SPEIITION Section 060 Hangers and Straps E. Recommended Minimum Rod iameters for Single Rigid Rod Hangers: (Extracted from NSI/MSS-SP69, 200, Page 9, Table 4, with permission of the publisher, the Manufacturers Standardization Society.) TLE 4 Recommended Min. Rod iameter for Single Rigid Rod Hangers ()(2) Nominal or Tubing olumns (), 2, 6, Nominal Rod iameter olumns (), 4, 8, 9, 0 Nominal Rod iameter in. mm ft. m ft. m (6) M0 (0) M0 M0 () M0 M0 (20) M0 M0 (2) M0 M0 (2) M0 M0 (40) M0 M0 2 (0) M0 M0 2 (6) M2 M2 (80) M2 M2 (90) M2 M2 4 (00) M6 M2 (2) M6 M2 6 (0) M20 M6 8 (200) M20 M20 0 (20) M20 M20 2 (00) M20 M20 4 (0) M24 6 (400) M24 8 (40) M24 20 (00) /4 M0 24 (600) /4 M0 0 (0) /4 M0 Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race. () or calculated loads, rod diameters may be sized in accordance with MSS SP-8, Table provided Table and Section of MSS SP-8 are satisfied. 2. (2) Rods may be reduced one size for double rod hangers. Minimum rod diameter shall be /8 inch (9. mm) (M0).. () olumns noted refer to Table.. nchors Guides and Restraints:. nchors, guides and restraints shall be located by the Engineer responsible for piping design. Should the need or the desirability of relocating, eliminating or adding anchors, guides or restraints arise; such changes shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer for consideration and approval. 2. nchors, guides and restraints shall be designed for imposed loadings as determined by the Engineer. or guided systems, in the absence of specified lateral loads, the guide shall be designed for 20 percent of the dead weight load based on the spans listed in Table, with a design load of 0 lb (0.22 kn) as a minimum.. or pressure piping with joints not having a restraining design, other positive restraining means such as clamps, rods and/or thrust blocking shall be used to maintain the integrity of the joints. 4. The necessity for, and the location of, shock suppressors and seismic control devices shall be as determined by the Engineer responsible for piping design.. The location, type and number of corrective devices which may be necessary to control any unforeseen vibrations, as determined after the piping is in service, are not a part of this standard. 6. Refer to MSS SP-2 for the design, selection, and application of the bracing piping systems subject to seismic - wind - dynamic loading.. (Extracted from NSI/MSS-SP69, 200, Page, Section and. to 0.6, inclusive, with permission of the publisher, the Manufacturers Standardization Society.). SUMITTLS. Submit under provisions of Section Product ata: Manufacturer s data sheets on each product to be used, including:. Preparation instructions and recommendations. Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 2 PH-.

218 MSTER ORMT PRT SPEIITION Section 060 Hangers and 2. Load capacity and sizing schedules specific to Project.. Installation methods.. ertifications:. Product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and criteria and physical requirements. ertificates shall be furnished only as required by specific codes, upon request.. Shop rawings:. ases, hangers and supports. 2. onnections to equipment and structure.. Structural assemblies. E. Selection Samples: or each finish product specified, two complete sets of color chips representing manufacturer s full range of available colors and patterns.. Verification Samples: or each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size 6 inches (0 mm) square, representing actual product, color, and patterns. G. loseout Submittals:. Warranty: Warranty documents. 2. Operation and Maintenance ata: Operation and maintenance data for installed products in accordance with ivision loseout Submittals (Maintenance ata and Operation ata) Section. Include methods for maintaining installed products, and precautions against cleaning materials and methods detrimental to finishes and performance..6 QULITY SSURNE. Manufacturer Qualifications:. Manufacturing facilities shall be registered to ISO and assessed to ISO standard. copy of the current certificate shall be available upon request.. Installer Qualifications:. Utilize an installer experienced in performing work of this section who is experienced in installation of work similar to that required for this project and per the minimum requirements of MSS SP-89.. onduct pre-installation meeting to verify project requirements, coordinate with other trades, and establish condition and completeness of substrate. Review manufacturer s installation instructions and manufacturer s warranty requirements.. ELIVERY, STORGE, N HNLING. Store products in manufacturer s unopened packaging until ready for installation.. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction..8 PROJET ONITIONS. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. o not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer s absolute limits..9 WRRNTY. Manufacturer s Warranty: Submit, for Owner s acceptance, manufacturer s standard warranty document executed by authorized company official. Manufacturer s warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights, Owner may have under ontract ocuments. PRT 2 PROUTS 2. MNUTURERS. cceptable Manufacturer: nvil Intl., Inc.; 0 orporate r. Suite 0, Portsmouth, NH S. Tel: (60) ax: (60) Web: Substitutions: Not permitted.. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section MNUTURE UNITS - PPLITION REQUIREMENTS. abricate hangers, supports and sway braces to comply with building codes.. o not use installed hangers for rigging or erection purposes.. Materials available by product type. Provide materials to comply with location and application requirements unless noted otherwise on drawings and schedules.. rings - Malleable iron, carbon steel. 28 PH-.

219 MSTER ORMT PRT SPEIITION Section 060 Hangers and Straps 2. levis - arbon steel.. Steel pipe clamps - arbon steel, alloy, stainless steel. 4. Socket clamps - arbon steel.. eam clamps - Malleable/ductile iron, hardened steel, carbon steel, forged steel. 6. Structural attachments - arbon steel, malleable iron.. eiling plates/ceiling flanges - Plastic, cast iron, malleable iron. 8. oncrete inserts and attachments Malleable iron, carbon steel; stainless steel body, fiberglass bars, polypropylene disc (iron cross design). 9. Rod attachments - arbon steel, malleable iron, forged steel. 0. supports - arbon steel, cast iron.. shields and saddles - arbon steel, alloy steel, stainless steel. 2. rolls - ast iron, carbon steel.. Guides - arbon steel; slides, carbon steel with PTE slide plates. 4. Engineered hangers - arbon steel, stainless steel, chrome molybdenum steel.. inishes: Provide finishes to comply with location and application requirements unless noted otherwise on drawings and schedules.. Electro-plating galvanizing process per STM Hot ipped galvanizing process per STM.. Epoxy paint. 4. Zinc-rich paint.. Standard primer shall meet ed Spec TT-P-66. E. pplication Requirements: Use components for intended service conditions only. omply with service requirements below unless noted otherwise on drawings and schedules.. Steel hangers in contact with copper piping shall be copper plated, copper painted or epoxy coated. 2. Exterior utility and mechanical yard areas shall use piping that is hot dip galvanized.. Interior piping to be black iron. 4. Hydronics and plumbing piping hangers shall be manufactured from carbon steel, cast malleable iron or cast iron.. Steam piping hangers shall be manufactured from hrome Molybdenum steel. 6. Submerged piping hangers shall be manufactured from 6 stainless steel. 2. MNUTURE UNITS - MSS-SP-69 TYPES NOTE OR PROUTS THT RE IN OMPLINE. opper Tubing Hangers: ig. Numbers.. T6 Light Weight djustable levis. 2. T69 djustable Swivel Ring, MSS-SP-69 (Type 0).. T09 Split Tubing Ring (Ring Only), MSS-SP-69 (Type ). 4. T2 opper Tubing Riser lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8).. T2 opper Tubing Riser lamp. 6. T28R Rod Threaded eiling lange.. T8R Extension Split Tubing lamp (Rod Threaded), MSS-SP-69 (Type 2). 8. T2 opper Tubing lignment Guide.. Rings: ig. Numbers.. 6 or onduit Hanger, MSS-SP-69 (Type ) djustable Swivel Ring, Tapped per NP Standards, MSS-SP-69 (Type 0).. 04 djustable Swivel Ring, Split Ring Type, MSS-SP-69 (Type 6) Split Ring, MSS-SP-69 (Type ).. 8R Extension Split lamp (Rod Threaded), MSS-SP-69 (Type 2).. levis: ig. Numbers.. 6 Light uty djustable levis or onduit Hanger, MSS-SP-69 (Type ) ISS (Insulation Saddle System) for support of insulated pipe operating between 40 degrees to 200 degrees. See section 2..P. for additional information djustable levis Hanger, MSS-SP-69 (Type ).. 00 djustable levis for Insulated Lines, MSS-SP-69 (Type ) djustable levis for uctile or ast Iron, MSS-SP-69 (Type ).. Steel lamps: ig. Numbers.. 40 Riser lamp - Standard, MSS-SP-69 (Type 42) Extended lamp.. 0 Offset lamp. Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 29 PH-.

220 MSTER ORMT PRT SPEIITION Section 060 Hangers and Medium lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 4).. 22P Earthquake racing lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 4) Heavy lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 4) lloy Steel lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 2) Heavy uty lloy Steel lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 2) Extension or Riser lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8) ouble olt lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type ).. 29 lloy ouble olt lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type ) H Heavy uty ouble olt lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type ). E. Steel Riser lamps: ig. Numbers.. 40 Riser lamp - Standard, MSS-SP-69 (Type 42) Extension or Riser lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8).. Socket lamps (WW/uctile/ast Iron s Only): ig. Numbers.. 94 Socket lamp Washer Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8).. 99 Socket lamp Washer Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). G. eam lamps: ig. Numbers.. 4 djustable Side eam lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 2) lamp with Set Screw & Lock Nut, MSS-SP-69 (Type 2).. 8 -lamp with Set Screw & ig. 89 Retaining lip, MSS-SP-69 (Type 2) lamp with Set Screw Only, MSS-SP-69 (Type 2).. 89 Retaining lip X Retaining lip.. 92 Universal -type lamp (Standard Throat), MSS-SP-69 (Type 9 and 2) Universal -type lamp (Wide Throat), MSS-SP-69 (Type 9 and 2) Wide Throat Top eam -lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 9) lamp with Locknut, MSS-SP-69 (Type 2).. Standard uty eam lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 2) Heavy uty eam lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 2).. 2 djustable Side eam lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 2) Malleable eam lamp without Extension Piece, MSS-SP-69 (Type 0).. 22 Top eam lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 2) Universal orged Steel (US) eam lamp, MSS-SP-69 (Type 28 and 29) eam lamp Right Hand Thread with Weld less Eye Nut, MSS-SP-69 (Type 28 and 29) L eam lamp Left Hand Thread with Weld less Eye Nut, MSS-SP-69 (Type 28 and 29). H. Structural ttachments: ig. Numbers.. 4 Two Hole Welding eam Lug. 2. Structural Welding Lug (Short), MSS-SP-69 (Type ).. L Structural Welding Lug (Long), MSS-SP-69 (Type ) Steel Washer Plate.. 66 Welded eam ttachment, MSS-SP-69 (Type 22) race itting omplete.. race itting ( End Only). I. eiling Plates and eiling langes: ig. Numbers.. 2 Plastic eiling Plate Threaded, eiling lange.. 28R Rod Threaded, eiling lange. 4. Hanger lange.. 9 ast Iron eiling Plate. J. rackets: ig. Numbers.. 94 Light Welded Steel racket, MSS-SP-69 (Type ) Medium Welded Steel racket, MSS-SP-69 (Type 2).. 99 Heavy Welded Steel racket, MSS-SP-69 (Type ) Iron Side eam racket, MSS-SP-69 (Type 4) Steel Side eam racket, MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). 220 PH-.

221 MSTER ORMT PRT SPEIITION Section 060 Hangers and Straps Threaded Steel Side eam racket, MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). K. oncrete Inserts and ttachments: ig. Numbers.. 4 oncrete Single Lug Plate oncrete levis Plate.. 2 oncrete Rod ttachment Plate Screw oncrete Insert.. 28 Wedge Type oncrete Insert, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8) Universal oncrete Insert, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8).. 28 Light Weight oncrete Insert, MSS-SP-69 (Type 9) Iron ross esign, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). L. Hanger Rod and Rod ttachments: ig. Numbers.. 0R Socket, Rod Threaded, MSS-SP-69 (Type 6) Turnbuckle djuster, MSS-SP-69 (Type ).. Straight Rod oupling (With Sight-Hole). 4. E Straight Rod oupling (Less Sight-Hole).. R Straight Rod oupling (Reducing) Straight Rod oupling, MSS-SP-69 (Type 40).. 6R Straight Rod oupling (Reducing) Machine Threaded Rod. Threaded both ends with right-hand threads Machine Threaded oach Screw Rod. Plain finish ontinuous Machine Threaded Rods.. 48 Machine Threaded Rod with Eye End. 2. Extension piece.. 20 Turnbuckle, MSS-SP-69 (Type ) Turnbuckle, MSS-SP-69 (Type ) Machine Threaded Rod with Eye End. Right-hand threads with un-welded eye L Machine Threaded Rod with Eye End. Left-hand threads with un-welded eye.. 248X Machine Threaded Rod with Linked Eye Ends. Un-welded eye Machine Threaded Rod. Threaded both ends with right-hand and left-hand threads Machine Threaded Rod with Eye End. Right-hand threads with welded eye L Machine Threaded Rod with Eye End. Left-hand threads with welded eye X Machine Threaded Rod with Linked Eye Ends. Welded eye Thread Weld less Eye Nut (Right Hand Threads), MSS-SP-69 (Type ) L Thread Weld less Eye Nut (Left Hand Threads), MSS-SP-69 (Type ) orged Steel levis, MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). M. U-olts and Straps: ig. Numbers.. 20 Light Weight U-olt One-Hole lamp.. Standard U-olts, MSS-SP-69 (Type 24). 4. Plastic oated U-olts, MSS-SP-69 (Type 24).. S Special U-olts (Non-Standard) Strap Strap Strap Short, MSS-SP-69 (Type 26) levis Pin with otters. N. : ig. Numbers.. 62 Stanchion, Type, and Stanchion, Type, and.. 9 Stanchion Saddle With U-olt, MSS-SP-69 (Type ) djustable Saddle Support, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8).. 28 Saddle Support,MSS-SP-69 (Type 6) Stanchion Saddle Support, MSS-SP-69 (Type ) djustable Saddle Support, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8) djustable Saddle Support with U-olt, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). O. Trapeze and hannel Support: ig. Numbers.. 4 hannel ssembly. Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 22 PH-.

222 MSTER ORMT PRT SPEIITION Section 060 Hangers and Universal Trapeze ssembly.. 0 Equal Leg ngle for Trapeze ssembly. P. Shields and Saddles: ig. Numbers.. 60 overing Protection Saddle, MSS-SP-69 (Type 9 and 9) overing Protection Saddle, MSS-SP-69 (Type 9 and 9).. 62 overing Protection Saddle, MSS-SP-69 (Type 9 and 9) overing Protection Saddle, MSS-SP-69 (Type 9 and 9).. 64 overing Protection Saddle, MSS-SP-69 (Type 9 and 9) overing Protection Saddle, MSS-SP-69 (Type 9 and 9).. 6 overing Protection Saddle (lloy),mss-sp-69 (Type 9 and 9) overing Protection Saddle (lloy), MSS-SP-69 (Type 9 and 9) Insulation Protection Shield, MSS-SP-69 (Type 40) Rib-Lok Shield, MSS-SP-69 (Type 40) (ISS) Insulation Saddle System, levis with High Impact Glass Reinforced Poly-Propylene Saddle. Q. Rolls: ig. Numbers.. Single Roll, MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). 2. Roller hair, MSS-SP-69 (Type 44).. djustable Roll Support, MSS-SP-69 (Type 4) Spring ushion Hanger, MSS-SP-69 (Type 49).. 8 djustable Steel Yoke Roll, MSS-SP-69 (Type 4) omplete Roll Stand, MSS-SP-69 (Type 44).. 24 djustable Roll Stand With ase Plate, MSS-SP-69 (Type 46) P djustable Roll Stand, ase Plate Only djustable Roll Stand Without ase Plate Roll and ase Plate with ast Iron ase Plate, MSS-SP-69 (Type 4).. 2S Roll and ase Plate with Steel ase Plate. R. Guides and Slides: ig. Numbers.. 22 Medium lamp, use with slide assemblies lignment Guide, Single lamp (MVT 4-8 in.). 26 lignment Guide, ouble lamp (MVT 6-0 in.) 4. 2 Slides ssembly, Structural Tee Slide ssembly, MSS-SP-69 (Type ).. 2 Slides ssembly, Structural Tee Special lamp, use with slide assemblies.. 46 Slides ssembly, abricated Tee Slide ssembly, MSS-SP-69 (Type ) Slides ssembly, abricated Tee Structural H Slide ssembly, omplete, MSS-SP-69 (Type ) H Section Only. 2.4 METL RMING. Provide metal framing channel, fittings and hardware components as indicated or required for the structural support of piping systems and equipment.. Metal framing shall be nvil Strut as manufactured by nvil International. 2. ccessories: s indicated or required by application and location. a. Strut mounted pipe support, Klo-Shure insulated couplings with strut clamp, size range of /8 inch (9. mm) through 4 inch (02 mm) copper tube with /8 inch (9. mm) through inch ( 2 mm) thick insulation. b. Strut mounted pipe clamps. c. Strut mounted pipe rollers. d. Strut mounted ushion lamps (steel pipe and copper tube).. Materials vailable: Provide materials and finishes to comply with locations and applications requirements as noted on drawings or schedules.. hannels shall be produced from prime structural metals complying with the following specification as applicable: a. Pre-Galvanized Steel - STM 6. b. Plain Steel - STM 0. ) inish: Hot-dip galvanized. 2) inish: Supr-Green powder coating. ) inish: PV coated. c. luminum (Type 606-T6) - STM 22. d. Stainless Steel (Type 04 and 6) - STM PH-.

223 MSTER ORMT PRT SPEIITION Section 060 Hangers and Straps 2. EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS. abricate equipment supports not provided by equipment manufacturer from structural grade steel meeting requirements of Section abricated ireproofed Steel olumns. 2.6 EQUIPMENT NHOR OLTS N TEMPLTES. Provide templates to ensure accurate location of anchor bolts. PRT EXEUTION. EXMINTION. o not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify rchitect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding..2 PREPRTION. lean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.. HNGER SPING. Plumbing Piping: Most stringent requirements of Plumbing ode, or authority having jurisdiction.. ire Protection: omply with applicable fire code.. Gas and uel Oil Piping: omply with pipe manufacturer s recommendations and applicable codes.. opper Piping: omply with pipe manufacturer s recommendations and applicable codes. E. lexible System Grooved : Minimum of one hanger required per the minimum recommended pipe length. omply with groove manufacturer s recommended average hangers per pipe length.. When practical located immediately adjacent to any change of direction of pipe. Total length of pipe between supports less than three-fourths the full hanger span. G. In case of concentrated loads (such as valves) the supports shall be placed as close as possible..4 HNGER INSTLLTION. Install in accordance with manufacturer s instructions.. lamps on Riser Piping:. Support independent of connected horizontal pipework using riser clamps and riser clamp lugs welded to riser. 2. olt tightening torques shall be to industry standards.. ast Iron s: Install clamp below joint. 4. Steel s: lamp is fitted preferably below coupling or welded pipe lug.. Use approved constant support type hangers where:. or critical high temperature where vertical movement of pipe work is /2 inch (2. mm) or more. 2. Transfer of load to adjacent hangers or connected equipment is not permitted.. Use variable support spring hangers where:. Transfer of load to adjacent piping or to connected equipment is not critical. 2. Variation in supporting effect does not exceed 2 percent of total load. E. djust hangers to equalize load.. Support from Structural Members: Where structural bearing does not exist or inserts are not in suitable locations, provide supplementary structural steel members. G. ield welding of supports should be done by qualified welders using qualified welding procedures. H. Proper care and ventilation should be given when welding galvanized components.. HORIZONTL MOVEMENT. ngularity of rod hanger resulting from horizontal movement of pipework from cold to hot position not to exceed 4 degrees from vertical.. Where horizontal pipe movement is greater than /2 inch (2. mm), offset pipe hanger and support so that rod hanger is vertical in hot position..6 INL JUSTMENT. djust Hangers and :. Ensure that rod is vertical under operating conditions. Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 22 PH-.

224 MSTER ORMT PRT SPEIITION Section 060 Hangers and 2. Equalize loads.. djustable levis:. Tighten hanger load nut securely to ensure proper hanger performance. 2. Tighten upper nut after adjustment.. -lamps:. ollow manufacturer s recommended written instructions and torque values when tightening -clamps to bottom flange of beam.. eam lamps:. Tighten all set screws and lock nuts. 2. Hammer jaw firmly against underside of beam for igure 2 only.. PROTETION. Protect installed products until completion of project.. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial ompletion. EN O SETION 224 PH-.

225 TEHNIL T Support Spacing Straps TLE : MXIMUM HORIZONTL SPING ETWEEN PIPE SUPPORTS OR STNR WEIGHT STEEL PIPE* Nominal (in) Max. Span (t) Water Service Max. Span (t) Vapor Service Recommended Hanger Rod s TLE 2: MXIMUM HORIZONTL SPING ETWEEN OPPER TUING SUPPORTS Nominal Tubing (in) Max. Span (t) Water Service Max. Span (t) Vapor Service Note: Spans shown in Tables and 2 do not apply where there are concentrated loads between supports or where temperatures exceed 0. The above spacing and capacities are based on pipe filled with water. dditional valves and fittings increase the load and therefore closer hanger spacing is required. *Many codes and specifications state pipe hangers must be spaced every 0ft. regardless of size. This local specification must be followed. (In.) Schedule 40 Temperature ( ) TLE : PV PIPE SUPPORT SPING Schedule 80 Temperature ( ) or trapeze Note: lthough support spacing is shown at 40, consideration should be given to the use of PV or continuous support above 20. The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable. This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up to.00. The above table is meant as a general guideline, it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specific spacing recommendations relating to their pipe, load conditions, operating temperature and service conditions. Local codes and specifications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to installation. Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 22 PH-.

226 TEHNIL T Support Spacing PV (In.) Schedule 40 Temperature ( ) Schedule 80 Temperature ( ) Schedule 20 Temperature ( ) SR 4 SR Note: lthough support spacing is shown at 40, consideration should be given to the use of PV or continuous support above 20. The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable. This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up to.00. The above table is meant as a general guideline, it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specific spacing recommendations relating to their pipe, load conditions, operating temperature and service conditions. Local codes and specifications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to installation. 226 PH-.

227 TEHNIL T ata Steel Schedule No. 40 & 80 Straps O.. Schedule No. Wall Thickness Weight per oot (lbs) Weight of Water per oot (lbs) Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 22 PH-.

228 TEHNIL T ata Steel Schedule No. 0 O.. Wall Thickness Weight per oot (lbs) Weight of Water per oot (lbs) opper Tube ata Type L & K Tube Tubing O.. Wall Thickness TYPE L Weight per oot (lbs) Weight of Water per oot (lbs) Tube Tubing O.. Wall Thickness TYPE K Weight per oot (lbs) Weight of Water per oot (lbs) PH-.

229 TEHNIL T Soil ata WW uctile Iron ata Straps SERVIE WEIGHT ST IRON (ELL & SPIGOT TYPE) Nom. O.. of ast Iron Wall Thickness Weight per oot (lbs) Weight of Water per oot (lbs) EXTR WEIGHT ST IRON (ELL & SPIGOT TYPE) Nom. O.. of ast Iron Wall Thickness Weight per oot (lbs) Weight of Water per oot (lbs) Nom. lass O...I. Wall Thickness Weight per oot (lbs) Weight of Water per oot (lbs) Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Nom. O.. of ast Iron NO-HU ST IRON Wall Thickness Weight per oot (lbs) Weight of Water per oot (lbs) Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index PH-.

230 TEHNIL T PV Plastic ata Schedule No. 40 & 80 O.. Schedule No. Wall Thickness Weight per oot (lbs) Weight of Water per oot (lbs) PH-.

231 TEHNIL T Thermal Expansion of Material Straps THERML EXPNSION O PIPE MTERIL (IN/T) Temp arbon Steel - Low hrome Steel (thru % r) , , , , , THERML EXPNSION O PIPE MTERIL (IN/T) Temp ustenitic Stainless Steels (04, 6, 4) , , , , , Note: Intersect 0 egree increments across the top of each table with the 00 degree increments down the left side to determine the coefficient of thermal expansion for the desired temperature. Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 2 PH-.

232 TEHNIL T Thermal Expansion of Material Temp Intermediate lloy Steels (% thru 9% r Mo) THERML EXPNSION O PIPE MTERIL (IN/T) opper rass luminum , , , , , ,20 0.0, ,0 0., PH-.

233 TEHNIL T Threaded Rod ata Straps Rod iameter (in) LO RRYING PITIES O THREE HNGER ROS. MTERILS RON STEEL WITH MINIMUM TUL TENSILE STRENGTH O 0 KSI. Threads per Inch Root rea of oarse Thread (in 2 ) Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Rod Temperature, 60 Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Rod Temperature, 0 6 UN UN 0.26,0,0 UN ,60,692 0 UN 0.02,20 2,0 9 UN ,480,08 8 UN 0.,900 4,620 UN ,00,440 6 UN.29,800 0,80 UN.4 8,600 4, UN ,600 9, UN.02 2,00 2, UN.2 9,800, UN ,400 8,68 4 UN.62 60,00 4,066 4 UN 6.2,900 6,0 4 UN.92 84,00 66, 4 UN ,00,9 4 4 UN 0.6 4,000 88, UN 2. 29,000 0, 4 4 UN. 46,000 4, UN.4 6,000 28,982 4 UN.2 84,000 44,096 Standard UN thread thru 4" diameter and 4-UN-2 thread series for 4 " diameter and larger Snubbers Trapeze Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Maximum Recommended pplied Torques OR IG. 26 & T-2 RISER LMPS olt Torque Value (ft.- lbs) olts per STM 0 Nuts per STM 6 OR SET SREWS IN MSS TYPE 9 & 2 -LMP Thread Torque Value (in.- lbs) Extracted from MSS-SP-69 Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 2 PH-.

234 NVIL TEHNIL OMPLINES, T LISTINGS N PPROVLS eam imensions Y Z Y Z Y Z MERIN STNR HNNELS S SHPES W SHPES W SHPES epth of Section Y Weight per t., lb. lange Width Mean Thick of lange Z epth of Section Y Weight per t., lb. lange Width Mean Thick of lange Z epth of Section Y Weight per t., lb. lange Width Mean Thick of lange Z epth of Section Y Weight per t., lb. lange Width Mean Thick of lange Z PH-.

235 NVIL OMPLINES, LISTINGS N PPROVLS gency Listings and MSS-SP Types Straps nvil igure Number MSS SP-8 & NSI/MSS SP-69 Product Types ederal Specifications WW-H--E --92 M* Rod M* pplication s UL Rod UL UL Rod UL L X up to 8 up to & & & & , , R , R *= M pproved = UL Listed = UL Listed Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 2 PH-.

236 NVIL OMPLINES, LISTINGS N PPROVLS gency Listings and MSS-SP Types (cont.) nvil igure Number MSS SP-8 & NSI/MSS SP-69 Product Types ederal Specifications WW-H--E --92 M* Rod M* pplication s UL Rod UL UL Rod UL E R , 2 0, R S 8R , 0, 2 0, , 2 0, , & 9 40 & 40 9 & & 9 40 & 40 9 & & 9 40 & 40 9 & & 9 40 & 40 9 & & 9 40 & 40 9 & & 9 40 & 40 9 & & 9 40 & 40 9 & & 9 40 & 40 9 & *= M pproved = UL Listed = UL Listed 26 PH-.

237 NVIL OMPLINES, LISTINGS N PPROVLS gency Listings and MSS-SP Types (cont.) Straps Product Types nvil pplication s MSS SP-8 ederal Specifications igure & Number NSI/MSS M* M* WW-H--E --92 UL UL UL UL Rod SP-69 Rod Rod (Steel beam) , 2 0, 2 (Steel) (Steel) , (Steel) , P , 2 0, & 29 0 & 28 & L 28 & 29 0 & 28 & L 248X & 6 29 *= M pproved = UL Listed = UL Listed Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 2 PH-.

238 NVIL OMPLINES, LISTINGS N PPROVLS gency Listings and MSS-SP Types (cont.) nvil igure Number MSS SP-8 & NSI/MSS SP-69 Product Types ederal Specifications WW-H--E --92 M* Rod M* pplication s UL Rod UL UL Rod UL , P L 28X MX. 0, 2 0, 2 8 MX MX. 0, 2 0, 2 8 MX MX , 2 0, L & & & L 28 & & & H *= M pproved = UL Listed = UL Listed 28 PH-.

239 NVIL OMPLINES, LISTINGS N PPROVLS gency Listings and MSS-SP Types (cont.) Straps nvil igure Number MSS SP-8 & NSI/MSS SP-69 Product Types ederal Specifications WW-H--E --92 M* Rod M* pplication s UL Rod UL UL Rod T-6 T T T-28 T-8R T-2 type is dependent upon its appropriate installation and use. Note: igure 28 Must be used with igure. *= M pproved = UL Listed = UL Listed UL Spring Hangers Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides ENGINEERE HNGERS - OMPLINES, LISTINGS N PPROVLS Product Types nvil igure Number MSS-SP-8 ederal Specifications & MSS-SP-69 WW-H--E Horizontal Traveler , -200, 20 and Hydraulic Snubbers , -2, 640, Sway Strut ssembly and Mini-Sway Strut ssembly Light uty Spring , -296, 29, -29, 298, -298, 0, -0 & 02 - Sway race Tapered Pin & 0 - Hydraulic Snubbers Variable Spring Hangers 82, -268, 98, Triple, Quadruple Type -E -82, -268, -98, Triple-R, Quadruple-R Type -E 82, -268, 98, Triple, Quadruple Type , -268, -98, Triple-R, Quadruple-R Type , -268, 98, Triple, Quadruple Type G -82, -268, -98, Triple-R, Quadruple-R Type G onstant Support Hangers 80-V and -80-V Type -E V and -80-V Type G H and -8-H Type -E onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 29 PH-.

240 NVIL OMPLINES, LISTINGS N PPROVLS Manufacturers Standardization Society Hanger Type Index Type MSS SP-8 & NSI/MSS SP-69 nvil igure Number H P T T R 2 T-8R R L Type MSS SP-8 nvil & igure Number NSI/MSS SP L L L L & , , Type MSS SP-8 nvil & igure Number NSI/MSS SP , , , , Type -E Type Type G 82, , , -268 Triple Spring Hanger Triple-R Spring Hanger Quadruple Spring Hanger Quadruple-R Spring Hanger 82, , , -268 Triple Spring Hanger Triple-R Spring Hanger Quadruple Spring Hanger Quadruple-R Spring Hanger 82, , , -268 Triple Spring Hanger Triple-R Spring Hanger Quadruple Spring Hanger Quadruple-R Spring Hanger 8-H Type -E 4-8-H Type -E 80-V Type -E -80-V Type -E 80-V Type G 6-80-V Type G L PH-.

241 NVIL PIPE HNGER & SUPPORT SERVIES Hanger & Support Hardware Hangers omplete Product Line of: arbon Steel, Stainless Steel ast Iron, Malleable Iron opper & PV oated Plain, Galvanized & Painted Engineered Hangers Variable Springs onstant Hydraulic Snubbers Vibration Sway races Sway Struts Limit Stops Special Structural Steel, abrication/miscellaneous Special esign Products per ustomer Specifications omestic Manufactured Product Line nvil Markets ire Protection Mechanical HV/Plumbing Industrial Petro hemical Refinery Pulp & Paper Waste Water, Water Treatment Marine o-generation ossil Power Nuclear Power Seismic Technical Services esign services, either on or off site, help you maximize the efficiency of your pipe support systems. These services include: Hanger design and engineering rafting Services System nalysis Stress nalysis Product Qualification Testing Supervision of client design personnel HYRULI SNUERS: The Support ivision has the technical expertise, manufacturing facilities and testing equipment to provide extensive design, installation, maintenance and repair or rebuild services for hydraulic shock suppressors. On site service available by certified technicians for fossil and nuclear plants. Hanger Specifications ederal Spec WW-H-E and --92 Underwriters Laboratory actory Mutual (M) Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) SP-8, SP-69, SP-, SP-89 and SP-90 National ire Protection ssociation (NP) SME oiler and Pressure Vessel ode Section III (Nuclear). Power Piping. hemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping.9 uilding Services Piping MIL Spec P-8 Marine Hangers IEL SERVIES: Support walk downs and verification Q/Q services for on site or off site work Support adjustments and materials Q inspection and verification Integrity nalysis Non-destructive Examination Training Programs Nuclear services geared to nuclear power market include: Section XI Services ompliance with NR directives involving piping systems and components ccredited by and granted an NPT ertificate of uthorization and "NS" ertificate of ccreditation Quality activities audited by NUPI and various individual utilities ommercial grade dedication program. Electronic Support atalog vailable on-line on our web site Export drawings to most programs (EPS, X and WG). Quick Retrieval of Product ata aster Way to uild Product Submittals Web Site ddress Straps Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Index Technical ata Master ormat Part Specs PH-.

242 NVIL TERMS O SLE N ONITIONS. ONTROLLING PROVISIONS: These terms and conditions shall control with respect to any purchase order or sale of Seller s products. No waiver, alteration or modification of these terms and conditions whether on uyer s purchase order or otherwise shall be valid unless the waiver, alteration or modification is specifically accepted in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Seller. 2. ELIVERY: Seller will make every effort to complete delivery of products as indicated on Seller s acceptance of an order, but Seller assumes no responsibility or liability, and will accept no back charge, for loss or damage due to delay or inability to deliver caused by acts of God, war, labor difficulties, accident, delays of carriers, by contractors or suppliers, inability to obtain materials, shortages of fuel and energy, or any other causes of any kind whatever beyond the control of Seller. Seller may terminate any contract of sale of its products without liability of any nature, by written notice to uyer, in the event that the delay in delivery or performance resulting from any of the aforesaid causes shall continue for a period of sixty (60) days. Under no circumstances shall Seller be liable for any special or consequential damages or for loss, damage, or expense (whether or not based on negligence) directly or indirectly arising from delays or failure to give notice of delay.. WRRNTY: Seller warrants for one year from the date of shipment Seller s manufactured products to the extent that Seller will replace those having defects in material or workmanship when used for the purpose and in the manner which Seller recommends. If Seller examination shall disclose to its satisfaction that the products are defective, and an adjustment is required, the amount of such adjustment shall not exceed the net sales price of the defective products and no allowance will be made for labor or expense of repairing or replacing defective products or workmanship of damage resulting from the same. Seller warrants the products which it sells of other manufacturers to the extent of the warranties of their respective makers. Where engineering design or fabrication work is supplied, uyer s acceptance of Seller s design or of delivery of work shall relieve Seller of all further obligation, other than expressed in Seller s product warranty. THIS IS SELLER S SOLE WRRNTY. SELLER MKES NO OTHER WRRNTY O NY KIN, EXPRESSE OR IMPLIE N LL IMPLIE WRRNTIES O MERHNTILITY N OR PRTIULR PURPOSE WHIH EXEE SELLER S ORESTTE OLIGTION RE HEREY ISLIME Y SELLER N EXLUE ROM THIS WRRNTY. Seller neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it, any other obligation in connection with the sale of its engineering designs or products. This warranty shall not apply to any products or parts of products which (a) have been repaired or altered outside of Seller s factory, in any manner; (b) have been subjected to misuse, negligence or accidents; (c) have been used in a manner contrary to Seller s instructions or recommendations. Seller shall not be responsible for design errors due to inaccurate or incomplete information supplied by uyer or its representatives. 4. SELLER S LIILITY: Seller will not be liable for any loss, damage, cost of repairs, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, whether based upon warranty (except for the obligation accepted by Seller under Warranty above), contract or negligence, arising in connection with the design, manufacture, sale, use or repair of the products or of the engineering designs supplied to uyer.. RETURNS: Seller cannot accept return of any products unless its written permission has been first obtained, in which case same will be credited subject to the following: (a) all material returned must, on its arrival at Seller s Plant, be found to be in first-class condition; if not, cost of putting in saleable condition will be deducted from credit memoranda; (b) a handling charge deduction of twenty percent (20%) will be made from all credit memoranda issued for material returned; and (c) transportation charges, if not prepaid will be deducted from credit memoranda. 6. SHIPMENTS: ll products sent out will be carefully examined, counted and packed. The cost of any special packing or special handling caused by uyer s requirements or requests shall be added to the amount of the order. No claim for shortages will be allowed unless made in writing within ten (0) days of receipt of a shipment. laims for products damaged or lost in transit should be made on the carrier, as Seller s responsibility ceases, and title passes, on delivery to the carrier.. SPEIL PROUTS: Orders covering special or nonstandard products are not subject to cancellation except on such terms as Seller may specify on application. 8. PRIES N ESIGNS: Prices and designs are subject to change without notice. ll prices are.o.. Point of shipment, unless otherwise stated. 9. TXES: The amount of any sales, excise or other taxes, if any, applicable to the products covered by this order, shall be paid by uyer unless uyer provides Seller with an exemption certificate acceptable to the taxing authorities. 0. NULER PLNTS: Where the products, engineering design or fabrication are utilized in nuclear plant applications, uyer agrees: (a) to take all necessary steps to add Seller as an insured under the property insurance policies and nuclear liability insurance policies covering the nuclear power plant facility at which the products, engineering design or fabrication are utilized; (b) to obtain a waiver of any claims against Seller by the nuclear power plant owner and a waiver of subrogation against Seller from such owners property insurer with respect to any loss or damage to property at the nuclear power plant site arising from the products, engineering design or fabrication; (c) to indemnify and hold Seller harmless against all claims, costs, expenses (including attorneys fees), loss, damage, or other liability that Seller would not have incurred but for uyer s failure to comply with subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 0; and (d) to indemnify and hold Seller harmless with respect to any personal injury (or death), property damage or other loss resulting from a nuclear incident which is caused directly or indirectly by defective design, material or workmanship furnished by Seller.. MINIMUM INVOIE: $00.00 plus transportation. 2. TERMS: ash, net 0 days unless otherwise specified. NOTE: ll orders are accepted on the basis of prices in effect at the time of shipment. NOTIE: The prices and terms quoted, there will be added any manufacturers or sales tax payable on the transaction under any effective statute. REIGHT LLOWNE: ll prices are.o.. point of shipment. On (non-engineered product) shipments of 2,00 pounds or more, rail freight or motor freight at the lowest published rates is allowed to all continental U.S. rail points or all U.S. highway points listed in published tariffs (laska and Hawaii excluded). In no case will more than actual freight be allowed. EXEPTIONS: ll onstant, Spring Hangers, Sway races and all Engineered, undled and Tagged Hanger ssemblies are.o.. Plants, with No reight llowed. 242 PH-.

243 INEX Subject Index Table of ontents 4 - Photo Index 6-4 General Notes - opper Tubing Hangers 8-2 PV Hangers Rings 0 - levis 4-4 Steel lamps 42-2 Socket lamps - 4 eam lamps - 66 Structural ttachments 6 - rackets 2-8 eiling Plates & langes 9-8 oncrete Inserts & ttachments Hanger Rods 9-94 Rod ttachments 9-99 olts, Nuts, Pins & U-olts 00-0 Straps Trapeze - Shields & Saddles 6-2 Rolls Guide & Slides 0-4 Spring Hangers 42-9 onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race 8-8 Sway Strut ssembly 88-9 Hydraulic Snubbers & Tapered Load Pin Special esign Products pplication ssembly Examples Hanger Specifications 2-24 Master ormat Part Specification Technical ata Index (Note #) Support Spacing ata Thermal Expansion of Material 2-22 Threaded Rod ata 2 Torques: Riser lamps & -lamps 2 eam imensions 24 nvil ompliances, Listings & pprovals nvil Hangers and Support Services 24 nvil Terms of Sale and onditions 242 Note #: harts and Tables harts and tables in this section are compiled from information published by nationally recognized organizations and are intended for use as a guide only. nvil International ("nvil") recommends that users of this information determine the validity of such information as applied to their own applications. Straps Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Index Technical ata Master ormat Part Specs PH-.

244 INEX ig. 4 through ig. 2 = olumbia, P = North Kingstown, RI = Henderson, TN = Regional Service enters * = rod dia. over " (North Kingstown, RI) or contact information for the locations listed above, please refer to the back cover. igure Number Provided rom Page ig ig. 8S 20 ig ig. 40S 20 ig. 4S 20 ig. 42S 204 ig. 4 4 ig. 46 ig. 4 * 88 ig. 49 * 89 ig. 0 ig. 2 * 90 ig. S 20 ig ig. & ig. L * 6 ig. 60 * 0 ig. 62 Type, & 06 ig. 6 Type,,, P & T 0 ig. 6 N/ ig ig. 6 4 ig ig. 69 ig ig. S 20 ig. 2S 202 ig. S 202 ig. 6S 202 ig. 80-V Type 68 ig. 80-V Type 69 ig. 80-V Type 0 ig. 80-V Type ig. 80-V Type E 2 ig. 80-V Type G ig. 80-V Type, & 4 ig. 8-H Type ig. 8-H Type 6 ig. 8-H Type ig. 8-H Type 8 ig. 8-H Type E 9 ig. 8-H Type Upthrust 80 ig. 8-H Type,, & E 8 ig , 2 - ig. 86 & ig. 88 ig. 89 ig. 89X ig ig. 9 9 ig ig. 9 6 ig. 98, ig. -98 Series 42-4, 4 - igure Number Provided rom Page ig ig ig ig ig. 0R 96 ig. 2 ig. ig ig ig ig. 2 9 ig. 28R 80 ig. 6 ig. 4 6 ig., ig. E & ig. R 9 ig. 6 & ig. 6R 9 ig., ig. S & ig ig. 8R N/ ig ig ig ig ig ig. 8 ig. 9 ig. 60 thru ig ig. 6 6 ig. 68 ig ig. 2 ig. 26 ig. 22 ig ig. 8 2 ig ig ig ig ig ig. 90 ig ig ig ig. 9 ig ig. 200, ig. 20, ig ig. 206 ig. 20 ig. 2, PH-.

245 INEX ig. 22 through ig. T-2 igure Number Provided rom Page ig. 22 4, 4 ig. 22P 46 ig ig ig ig. 222, ig. 224 ig ig ig. 20 * 99 ig ig ig ig ig. 248 & ig. 248L 92 ig. 248X 9 ig. 2 * 92 ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig. 260 ISS - 9 ig ig ig ig. 26 ig. -268, -268 Type 4 ig. -268, -268 Type & 48 ig. -268, -268 Type & E 49 ig. -268, -268 Type 0 ig. -268, -268 Type G ig ig. 24 & ig. 24P 29 ig ig. 2 2 ig. 28 & ig. 28L * 9 ig. 28X * 9 ig ig ig ig ig ig. 290 & ig. 290L * 9 ig ig. 292 & ig. 292 L 66 ig ig ig. 29H 0 = olumbia, P = North Kingstown, RI = Henderson, TN = Regional Service enters * = rod dia. over " (North Kingstown, RI) or contact information for the locations listed above, please refer to the back cover. igure Number Provided rom Page ig. 296, 0, -296, ig. 29, 298, 02, 0 8 ig. 299 * 98 ig ig ig. 9 9 ig ig. 46 & ig ig. 49 & ig ig ig. 9 & ig. 94 ig. 600 & ig ig. 640, ig. 06, ig. T-6 N/ 9 ig. T-69 8 ig. T-2 2 ig. T-28R 20 ig. T-8R N/ 20 ig. T nvil ompliances, Listings and pprovals nvil Hangers and Support Services 24 nvil Terms of Sale and onditions 242 eam imensions 24 onstant Support, heck List 8 onstant Support, Total Travel & Selection hart 64-6 opper Tube ata 228 PV Support Spacing 22 Hexagon Nuts & Machine olts 0 Manufacturers Standardization Society - Hanger Type Index 240 Master ormat Part Specification Maximum Recommended pplied Torques 2 Model R 80-V, 8-H Mathematically Perfect Support 60-6 Quadruple Spring, Quadruple Spring-R Series 8-9 Spring Hanger heck List 46 Spring Hanger & Series Selection 44-4 Standard Galvanizing Practice 6 - Standard Materials Steel ata Thermal Expansion of Material 2-22 Triple Spring, Triple Spring-R Series 6 - Typical Hanger Specification 2-24 Weight hart - ig. 80-V & ig.8-h 82 Straps Trapeze Shields & Saddles Roll Guides & Slides Spring Hangers onstant Vibration ontrol & Sway race Sway Strut ssembly Snubbers Special esign Products pplication Examples Master ormat Part Specs. Technical ata Index 24 PH-.

246 NOTES 246

247 NOTES 24

248 NOTES 248

249 PIPE ITTINGS TLOG ORER OUMENT #00 PIPE HNGERS & SUPPORT TLOG ORER OUMENT #6 NVIL-STRUT METL RMING PROUT & ENGINEERING TLOG ORER OUMENT #2 PIPE ITTERS HNOOK ORER OUMENT #00 GRUVLOK MEHNIL PIPING PROUTS TLOG ORER OUMENT #040

250 Today nvil International is the largest and most complete fitting and hanger manufacturer in the world nvil International acquires Star Products, uilding and onstruction TM ivisions (SP) and forms nvilstar ire Products ivision. 200 nvil International acquires Merit Manufacturing and eck Manufacturing The industry s trusted manufacturer of pipe fittings, hangers and grooved fittings is renamed nvil International, Inc. TRUSTE OR 0 YERS 999 Tyco sells the distribution and manufacturing operations known up to this point as Grinnell Supply Sales, but keeps the Grinnell trademark. We built our reputation from the ground up. nvil s history stretches back to the mid 800s, when a company named Grinnell began providing its customers with the finest quality pipe products. Since 2000, those quality products and services and the people who provide them have been known as nvil International. nvil customers receive the quality and integrity that have been building strong connections in both products and business relationships for over 0 years. 994 J.. Smith and atawissa join the Grinnell Supply Sales and Manufacturing division. ocused Product Line: 969 Grinnell o. acquired by International Telephone and Telegraph. Two years later, ITT divests the ire Protection ivision, but keeps the manufacturing and sales divisions that will become known as nvil International. nvil Malleable and ast Iron ittings Gruvlok ouplings, ittings and Valves nvil Hangers, and Struts SP TM Malleable and ast and uctile Iron ittings eck Welded Nipples SP TM Grooved ittings and O Lets nvil Seamless Nipples 960 Gruvlok line of grooved fittings is introduced. nvil Steel ouplings and Small Steel ittings Merit Tee-Lets and rop Nipples 99 General ire Extinguisher o. becomes Grinnell o. 909 rederick Grinnell opens a foundry in ranston, RI. ompanies express interest in buying its piping products, laying the groundwork for what would become the Grinnell Supply Sales ivision. It would be these manufacturing and sales operations that eventually become nvil International. 80 Providence Steam & Gas o. is formed, and rederick Grinnell purchases a controlling interest. Grinnell is a registered trademark of Grinnell orporation, a Tyco International Ltd. company. U I L I N G NVIL RNS: O N N E T I O N S T H T L S T J.. Smith Swage Nipples and ull Plugs atawissa Wing Unions and heck Valves